Suchergebnisse

It speaks volumes that the death of Henry Kissinger, announced on Wednesday, drew major news obituaries that rivaled those of late American presidents' in length and depth. The news was met with equal parts of vitriol and paeans across social media, the former reflected in words like "war criminal" and "monster," the latter, "genius" and "master."His intellectually-driven, hard-nosed statecraft and strategy has long been embraced by realists who appreciate Kissinger's rejection of ideological doctrine in favor of interest-driven realpolitik. They credit him with détente and managing the Soviet threat in the Cold War. His critics say his approach was responsible for government-led massacres in developing nations and Washington's scorched earth policies in Indochina. Humanity suffered while the "great game" was played, no matter how well, from the Nixon White House and in later presidencies (12 total) for which Kissinger advised.But was his impact on U.S. foreign policy ultimately positive or negative? We asked a wide range of historians, former diplomats, journalists and scholars to pick one and defend it.Andrew Bacevich, George Beebe, Tom Blanton, Michael Desch, Anton Fedyashin, Chas Freeman, John Allen Gay, David Hendrickson, Robert Hunter, Anatol Lieven, Stephen Miles, Tim Shorrock, Monica Duffy Toft, Stephen WaltAndrew Bacevich, historian and co-founder of the Quincy InstituteI met Kissinger just once, at a small gathering in New York back in the 1990s. When the event adjourned, he walked over to where I was sitting and spoke to me. "Did you serve in the military?" "Yes," I said. "In Vietnam?" "Yes." His tone filled with sadness, he said: "We really wanted to win that one."I did not reply but as he walked away, I thought: What an accomplished liar.George Beebe, Director of Grand Strategy, Quincy InstituteHenry Kissinger's impact on American foreign policy, although controversial, was on balance overwhelmingly positive. As he entered office in 1968, America was overextended abroad and beset by domestic political conflict. An increasingly powerful Soviet Union threatened to achieve superiority over America's nuclear and conventional arsenals. The United States needed to extract itself from Vietnam and focus on domestic healing, yet any retreat into isolationism would allow Moscow a free hand to intimidate Western Europe and spread communism through the post-colonial world. Kissinger's answer to this problem, conceived in partnership with President Nixon, was a masterwork of diplomatic realism. Seeing an opportunity to exploit tensions between Moscow and Beijing, he orchestrated a surprise opening to Maoist China that reshaped the international order, counterbalancing Soviet power and complicating the Kremlin's strategic challenge. In parallel, the United States pursued détente with Moscow, producing a landmark set of trade, arms control, human rights, and confidence-building arrangements that helped to constrain the arms race and make the Cold War more manageable and predictable.By comparison to 1968, the scale of the problems we face today seems more daunting. The Cold War architecture of arms control and security arrangements is in tatters. Our middle class is more distrustful and disaffected, our international reputation more damaged, and our ability to manage the challenges of a peer Chinese rival more limited. A statesman with Kissinger's strategic acumen and diplomatic skill is very much needed. Tom Blanton, Director, National Security Archive, George Washington UniversityThe declassified legacy of Henry Kissinger undermines the triumphant narrative he labored so hard to build, even for his successes. The opening to China, for example, turns out to be Mao's idea with Nixon's receptiveness, initially dissed by Kissinger. His shuttle diplomacy in the Middle East did reduce violence but it took Anwar Sadat and then Jimmy Carter to make the peace that Kissinger failed to accomplish. The 1973 Vietnam settlement was actually available in 1969, but Kissinger mistakenly believed he could do better by going through Moscow or Beijing. Meanwhile, Kissinger's callousness about the human cost runs through all the documents. Millions of Bangladeshis murdered by Pakistan's genocide while Kissinger stifled dissent in the State Department. A million Vietnamese and 20,000 Americans who died for Kissinger's "decent interval." Some 30,000 Argentines disappeared by the junta with Kissinger's green light. Thousands of Chileans killed by Pinochet while Kissinger joked about human rights. Untold numbers of Cambodians dead under Kissinger's secret bombing.Adding insult to all these injuries, Kissinger cashed in over the past 45 years through sustained influence peddling and self-promotion, paying no price for repeated bad judgments like opposing the Reagan-Gorbachev arms cuts, and supporting the 2003 Iraq invasion. A dark legacy indeed.Michael Desch, Professor of International Relations at the University of Notre Dame Almost all of the obituaries for Henry Kissinger characterize him as the quintessential realist, harkening back to a bygone era of European great power politics in which statesmen played the 19th century version of the board game Risk otherwise known as the balance of power. Kissinger seemed straight out of central casting for this role with his deep, sonorous voice and perpetual Mittel-Europa accent. All that was missing was a monocle and a Pickelhaube. But in reality, Kissinger was at best an occasional realist. His best scholarly book — "A World Restored: Metternich, Castlereagh and the Problems of Peace 1812-22" — came out in 1957 and was more of a work of history than an articulation of a larger realpolitik theory of global politics in which power is used, and more importantly not used, to advance a country's national interest.And while his (and Richard Nixon's) opening to the People's Republic of China in 1972 remains a masterstroke of balance of power politics in action, at the drop of an egg-roll dividing the heretofore seemingly monolithic Communist Bloc, he was more often an inconstant realist.At times Kissinger embraced a crude might-makes-right approach (think of the Athenians bullying of the Melians in Book V of Thucydides) epitomized by the escalation to deescalate the war in Vietnam by invading Cambodia and the meddling in the fractious politics of Third World countries like Chile, seemingly to no other end than that's what great powers do. More recently, he's worked to remain the indispensable statesman through an embarrassingly obsequious pattern of making himself indispensable to nearly every subsequent president, whether or not they were really interested in sitting at the knee of the master realpolitiker. His hedged endorsement of George W. Bush's disastrous Iraq war is exhibit A on this score.Kissinger kept himself in the limelight for much of his career but not as a consistent voice of realism in foreign policy.Anton Fedyashin, associate professor of history, American UniversityIn his long and distinguished career, Henry Kissinger made many decisions that history may judge harshly, but oversimplifying and exaggerating complex geopolitical issues was not one of them. With their instinctive aversion to the trap of conceptual binarism, Kissinger and Nixon applied their flexible realism to China and the USSR in 1972. Abandoning the assumption that all communists were evil forced Beijing and Moscow to outbid each other for U.S. favors. Treating the USSR as a post-revolutionary state that put national interests above ideology, Nixon and Kissinger decided to bring the Soviets into the American-managed world order while letting them keep their hegemony in Eastern Europe.In Kissinger's realist version of containment, statesmanship was judged by the management of ambiguities, not absolutes. As Kissinger put it in an interview with The Economist earlier this year, "The genius of the Westphalian system and the reason it spread across the world was that its provisions were procedural, not substantive." Kissinger's realist wisdom would serve American leaders well as they navigate the rough waters of transitioning to a multipolar world order. The era of great power balancing is back, and non-binarist realism can help Washington manage hegemonic decline rather than catalyzing it.Ambassador Chas Freeman, visiting scholar at Brown University's Watson Institute for International and Public AffairsKissinger embodied a global and strategic view and because it was global, it often offended specialists in regional affairs. Because it was strategic, he often made tactical sacrifices for strategic gain. And the tactical sacrifices that he made were often rather ugly at the regional or local level. The classic example of that is the refusal to intervene in the war in Bangladesh. Obviously, he had nothing but contempt for ideological foreign policy. This has led ideologues, of which we have an abundance, to see him as an enemy, and you're seeing this now with some of the coverage after his passing.Kissinger's achievement of detente at a crucial point in the Cold War will be remembered for its brilliance, as will his significant scholarship. His statecraft and scholarship were inseparable. He was a very good negotiator and probably had more experience negotiating great power relations than any secretary of state since early in the Republic. He was moderately successful in the short term. He was not successful in the long term because his interlocutors correctly perceived that he was manipulative. If one wishes to keep relationships open to future transactions, one must not cheat on current transactions. But this problem is not uncommon. It's very typical in American politics. For example, Jim Baker was famously uninterested in nurturing relationships. He was interested in immediate results in his dealings with foreign governments. He left a lot of anger and dissatisfaction in his wake. Kissinger less so, but the same for different reasons, reflecting his personality, his character, and the character of the president he served.John Allen Gay, Executive Director, John Quincy Adams SocietyKissinger's legacy in the Third World commands the most attention and criticism. He has been made the face of the tremendous toll the Cold War took on the wretched of the earth. Yet his work on great power relations deserves more regard. The opening to China he engineered with President Richard Nixon was a masterstroke to exploit division in the Communist world. Granted, the Sino-Soviet split had happened long before, and the opening was more a Nixon idea, but Kissinger set the table. And Kissinger was also a central figure in détente with the Soviet Union.Both policies were deeply unpopular with the forerunners to the neoconservative movement, but reflected the Continental realist mindset that Kissinger, along with thinkers like Hans J. Morgenthau, brought into the American foreign policy discourse. The opening to China and détente were, in fact, linked. As Kissinger pointed out, the opening to China challenged the Soviet Union to prevent the opening from growing; contrary to the advice of Sovietologists, this did not prompt new Soviet aggression, but made the Soviets more pliable. As Kissinger wrote in his 1994 book "Diplomacy" — "To the extent both China and the Soviet Union calculated that they either needed American goodwill or feared an American move toward its adversary, both had an incentive to improve their relations with Washington. […] America's bargaining position would be strongest when America was closer to bot communist giants than either was to the other." And so it was. Today's practitioners of great-power politics would do well to borrow more from this happier part of Kissinger's legacy. They have instead helped drive China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea together, and have no answer to this emerging alignment beyond lectures and sanctions. The19th century European statesmen Kissinger admired would have seen the failure of such a policy. David Hendrickson, author, "Republic in Peril: American Empire and the Liberal Tradition"The great oddity of Nixon and Kissinger's record in foreign policy is that they gave up as unprofitable and dangerous the pursuit of ideological antagonism with the Great Powers (the Soviet Union and China), but then pursued the Cold War crusade with a vengeance against small powers. Kissinger's diplomatic career reminds me of the charge that Hauterive (a favorite of Napoleon's) brought against the confusions of the ancien regime, that it applied "the terms sound policy, system of equilibrium, maintenance or restoration of the balance of power . . . to what, in fact was only an abuse of power, or the exercise of arbitrary will."Parts of Kissinger's record, like the bombing of Cambodia, are indefensible, but there are good parts too: had Henry the K been in charge of our Russia policy over the last decade, we could have avoided the conflagration in Ukraine. He was sounder on China and Taiwan than 90 percent of the howling commentariat. He was, in addition, a serious scholar who wrote some good books about the construction of world order (A World Restored, Diplomacy). Young people should take his thought seriously, not consign him to the ninth circle.Robert Hunter, former U.S. Ambassador to NATOLike all outstanding teachers, Henry Kissinger was also a showman — and he could be fun. He used his accent and self-deprecating humor as weapons for his policies and getting them taken seriously. Journalists might at times scorn what he was doing and how he did it, but they were still charmed and tended so often to give him the benefit of the doubt — as well as the credit, even when not deserved. Everyone recalls his roles in promoting détente with the Soviet Union and, even more, the opening to China, with Richard Nixon following in his wake. In fact, both policies sprang from Nixon's mind. But when the dust settled, Kissinger was the Last Man Standing."Henry," we could call him who never worked for him (!), made intelligent and literate speeches on foreign policy that everyone could understand, bringing it into the limelight. A man of great ego, he still recruited and inspired talented acolytes at the State Department and White House — matched only by Brent Scowcroft and Zbig Brzezinski. He had other policy positives in the Middle East ("shuttle diplomacy") but major negatives in Chile, in prolonging the Vietnam War, and bombing Cambodia.Take him altogether, a true Man of History.Anatol Lieven, Director of the Eurasia Program at the Quincy InstituteThe problem about any just assessment of Henry Kissinger is that the good and bad parts of his record are organically linked. His Realism led him to an awareness of the vital interests of other countries, a willingness to compromise, and a prudence in the exercise of U.S. power that all too many American policymakers have altogether lacked and that the United States today desperately needs. This Realist acceptance of the world as it is however also contributed to a cynical disregard for basic moral norms — notably in Cambodia and Bangladesh — that have forever tarnished his and America's name.When in office, reconciliation with China and the pursuit of Middle East peace took real moral courage on Kissinger's part, given the forces arrayed against these policies in the United States. But in his last decades, though he initially criticized NATO expansion and called for the preservation of relations with Russia and China, he never did so with the intellectual and moral force of a George Kennan.Perhaps in the end the best comment on Kissinger comes from an epithet by his fellow German Jewish thinker on international affairs Hans Morgenthau: "It is a dangerous thing to be a Machiavelli. It is a disastrous thing to be a Machiavelli without Virtu" — an Italian term embracing courage, moral steadfastness and basic principle.Stephen Miles, President, Win Without WarNearly as many words have been spilled marking the end of Henry Kissinger's life as the lives he's responsible for ending, but let me add a few more. It would be easy to simply say that the devastating impact of Kissinger on U.S. foreign policy was clearly and wholly negative. As Spencer Ackerman noted in his essential obituary, few Americans, if any, have ever been as responsible for the death of so many of their fellow human beings. But Kissinger's true impact was not just in being a war criminal but in setting a new standard for doing so with impunity. Earlier this year, he was feted with a party for his 100th birthday attended not just by crusty old Cold Warriors remembering 'the good ole days,' but also by a veritable who's who of today's elite from billionaire CEOs and cabinet members to fashion megastars and NFL team owners. Sure, he may have been responsible for a coup here or a genocide there, but shouldn't we all just look past that and recognize his influence, power, and intellect? Does it really matter what he used those talents for?And in the end, that's the benefit of Kissinger's horrific life and decidedly not-untimely death. By never making amends for the harm he did and never being held accountable for the horrors he caused, he made clear just how truly broken and flawed U.S. foreign policy is. Perhaps now that he has finally left the stage, we can begin to change that. Tim Shorrock, Washington-based journalistKissinger nearly destroyed three Asian countries by causing the deaths of thousands in U.S. bombing raids, covertly intervened to subvert democracy in Chile, and encouraged an Indonesian dictator to invade newly independent East Timor and inflict a genocide upon its people. These were criminal acts that should have made him a pariah. Instead, he is lauded as a visionary by our ruling elite. And it was mostly accomplished through lies and deceit, in the name of corporate profit.I'll never forget in 1972 watching Kissinger declare "peace is at hand" in Vietnam. After years of protesting this immoral war, I truly thought that Vietnam's suffering, and my own countrymen's, was finally over; they had won and we had lost. But my hope was shattered that Christmas, when Kissinger and Nixon ordered B-52s to carpet-bomb Hanoi in an arrogant act of defiance and malice. Afterwards, a shaky peace agreement was signed that could have sparked an honorable U.S. withdrawal. But it took 3 more years of bloodshed before the United States was forced out.Kissinger broke my trust in America as a just nation and overseas sparked a deep hatred of U.S. foreign policy. Few statesmen have caused such harm.Monica Duffy Toft, Professor of International Politics and Director, Center for Strategic Studies, Fletcher School, Tufts UniversityI have a pair of midcentury teak chairs once belonging to the late eminent scholar Samuel P. Huntington in my office. Sam was a colleague and friend of Henry Kissinger's, and a mentor to me. Sam and I sat in these chairs discussing world politics and the everyday challenges of running a scholarly institute. When a new set of chairs arrived, Sam insisted I take the old ones, but not before emphasizing their significance — reminders of the hours he and Kissinger spent in deep debate and casual banter. These chairs have history.Henry Kissinger was, and shall remain, a controversial figure. His gifts were two. First, across decades of U.S. foreign policy challenges, he remained consistent in his conception of power, and how U.S. power should be used to enhance the security of the United States. Second, he was gifted at assembling, mentoring, and deploying cross-cutting networks of influential people. Like many of my colleagues who study international politics, there are policies — his support of Salvador Allende's ouster in Chile, for example — I find odious. I am also uncomfortable with Kissinger's elitism: his preferred policies favored those with wealth and political power at the expense of those without.But what I admire about Kissinger's U.S. foreign policy legacy and, by extension, international politics, was his profound grasp of the importance of historical context: a thing as important to sound U.S foreign policy today as it is rare; and of which I am pleasantly reminded every time I sit in one of Sam's chairs.Stephen Walt, Quincy Institute board member, professor of international affairs at the Harvard Kennedy SchoolHenry Kissinger was the most prominent U.S. statesman of his era, and that era lasted a very long time. His main achievements were not trivial: a long-overdue opening to China, some high-wire "shuttle diplomacy" after the 1973 October War, and several useful arms control treaties during the period of détente. But he was also guilty of some monumental misjudgments, including prolonging the Vietnam War to no good purpose and expanding it into Cambodia at a frightful human cost. His diplomatic acrobatics in the Middle East were impressive, but they were only necessary because he had missed the signs that Egypt was readying for war in 1973 in order to break a diplomatic deadlock that he had helped orchestrate. His indifference to human rights and civilian suffering sacrificed thousands of lives and made a mockery of U.S. pretensions to moral superiority.Kissinger owed his enduring influence not to a superior track record as a pundit or sage but to his own energy, unquenchable ambition, unparalleled networking skills, and the elite's reluctance to hold its members accountable. After all, this is a man who downplayed the risks of China's rise (while earning fat consulting fees there), backed the disastrous invasion of Iraq in 2003, opposed the 2015 nuclear deal with Iran, and dismissed warnings that open-ended NATO enlargement would make Europe less rather than more secure. Kissinger also perfected the art of transmuting government service into a lucrative consulting career, setting a troubling precedent for others. Debates about his legacy will no doubt continue, but one suspects that the reverence that his acolytes exhibit today will gradually fade now that he is no longer here to sustain it.Dear RS readers: It has been an extraordinary year and our editing team has been working overtime to make sure that we are covering the current conflicts with quality, fresh analysis that doesn't cleave to the mainstream orthodoxy or take official Washington and the commentariat at face value. Our staff reporters, experts, and outside writers offer top-notch, independent work, daily. Please consider making a tax-exempt, year-end contribution to Responsible Statecraft so that we can continue this quality coverage — which you will find nowhere else — into 2024. Happy Holidays!

Unterrichtseinheit zum Thema
Kinderrechte und deren Untersuchung und Umsetzung in der Schule (Grundschule, Klassenstufen 3/4,
3-4 (Doppel-)Stunden)

Die Kinderrechte als über die
Menschenrechte hinausgehende Bestimmungen sind sowohl international anerkannt
als auch Teil des baden-württembergischen Bildungsplans für die Grundschule. Darüber hinaus stellt die Kenntnis über die
eigenen Rechte eine bedeutsame Ressource für Kinder dar.

Die Vorstellung einer
Unterrichtseinheit zur Heranführung an die Kinderrechte und deren Untersuchung und Umsetzung im schulischen Kontext für die Klassenstufen 3/4 der Grundschule ist Inhalt des folgenden
Blogbeitrags:Auf eine theoretische Einführung zum Hintergrund der Kinderrechte folgt
die Begründung der Relevanz der Thematik.
Daran schließen didaktische Überlegungen zu
Zeitpunkt, Thema und Inhalten sowie Intentionen an. Der Teil Aufbau der
Unterrichtseinheit beinhaltet eine Beschreibung der vier (Doppel-)Stunden, inklusive Vorschlägen zur Abwandlung
und Anpassung an andere Klassenstufen sowie Informationen zu Alternativen, die
erwogen wurden.Im Anhang findet man neben den Unterrichtsskizzen (Übersicht) Materialien und Formulierungsideen
für die vorgestellte Unterrichtseinheit auch eine ausführliche Liste zu empfehlenden Unterrichtsmaterials anderer Websites und Organisationen sowie ein umfangreiches
Literaturverzeichnis mit sowohl Online- als auch Printliteratur, um
Möglichkeiten zur weiteren Vertiefung, beispielsweise im Hinblick auf die
Partizipation von Kindern in der Schule oder bezüglich des Zusammenhangs
zwischen Kinderrechten und Demokratie, zu geben.Die im Blogbeitrag angegebenen
Literaturangaben finden sich entweder im Literaturverzeichnis oder in der Liste mit zu
empfehlendem Unterrichtsmaterial. Ein Abkürzungsverzeichnis am Ende des Blogbeitrags ist ebenfalls vorhanden.Theoretische Einführung

Überblick

Die Kinderrechte sind in der
Konvention über die Rechte des Kindes, auch 'Kinderrechtskonvention' (kurz:
KRK, englisch: Convention on the Rights of the Child, kurz: CRC),
festgeschrieben und damit völkerrechtlich verbindlich (vgl. BMZ 2023). Die KRK
wurde 1989 durch die Vereinten Nationen (kurz: VN, englisch: United Nations,
kurz: UN) angenommen und ist 1990 in Kraft getreten (vgl. Gareis/Varwick 2014,
S. 192, ausführlicher siehe Historischer Verlauf). Sie ist einer der
meistratifizierten Menschenrechtsverträge (vgl. DIMR 2023b), nachdem sie von
allen Ländern mit Ausnahme der USA ratifiziert wurde (vgl. United Nations Human
Rights Office of the High Commissioner 2023, ausführlicher siehe
Ratifizierung). In Deutschland gilt die KRK seit 1992 (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt
2023, ausführlicher siehe Deutschland).

Die KRK umfasst 54 Rechte, die
sich in mehrere Kategorien differenzieren lassen (ausführlicher siehe Inhalt und Aufbau). Außerdem existieren drei Zusatzprotokolle, die allerdings nicht in
gleicher Zahl ratifiziert sind wie die KRK selbst (vgl. United Nations Human
Rights Office of the High Commissioner 2023). Zentrales Prinzip ist es, im
"besten Interesse des Kindes" zu handeln (vgl. BMZ 2023). Als Kind gilt dabei
"jeder Mensch, der das achtzehnte Lebensjahr noch nicht vollendet hat, soweit
die Volljährigkeit nach dem auf das Kind anzuwendenden Recht nicht früher
eintritt" (Artikel 1 der UN-KRK, UN-Generalversammlung 1989, S. 9).

Kinder benötigen "besonderen
Schutz, besondere Förderung und besondere, kindgerechte Beteiligungsformen"
(vgl. Maywald 2010), da sie "in vielerlei Hinsicht besonders verletzbar" (Auswärtiges
Amt 2023) und von Erwachsenen abhängig sind. Durch die KRK werden Kinder
erstmals als eigenständige (Recht-)Subjekte anerkannt (vgl. DIMR2023a,
ausführlicher siehe Historischer Verlauf).

Das sich im Anhang befindliche
Literaturverzeichnis beinhaltet unter 'Primärliteratur' Angaben zu fünf online
frei zugänglichen Versionen der KRK: deutsch, deutsch mit Zusatzprotokollen,
deutsch kinderfreundliche Version, verschiedene Sprachen kinderfreundliche Version, englisch.

Historischer Verlauf

Lange Zeit wurden Kinder als den
Erwachsenen unterlegen betrachtet und waren "rechtlich und faktisch nicht
gleichgestellt" (Maywald 2010). Erst 1924 wurde vom Völkerbund, dem Vorläufer
der VN, eine Kindercharta, die Genfer Erklärung über die Rechte des Kindes (englisch: 'Geneva Declaration'), verabschiedet. Sie war allerdings nicht
rechtsverbindlich (vgl. bpb 2019). Ihre Überarbeitung durch die VN mündete 1959
in die Erklärung der Rechte des Kindes, die das Kind erstmals auf
internationaler Ebene als Rechtsträger anerkannte und den Begriff des Kindeswohls
definierte (vgl. Maywald 2010). Anlässlich des 'Jahres des Kindes' 1978 schlug
die polnische Regierung vor, die Erklärung der Rechte des Kindes von 1959 in
einen völkerrechtlich verbindlichen Vertrag umzuwandeln. Nach mehrjähriger
Tätigkeit einer entsprechenden Arbeitsgruppe wurde am 20. November 1989 die
heute gültige Kinderrechtskonvention einstimmig von der Generalversammlung der
VN verabschiedet (vgl. bpb 2019). Dieses Datum gilt seither als der Tag der
Kinderrechte (vgl. bpb 2017).

Die Links zur Genfer Erklärung über die Rechte des Kindes von 1924 und zur Erklärung der Rechte des Kindes von 1959 finden sich auch im angehängten Literaturverzeichnis unter
'Primärliteratur, Weitere Konventionen'.

Ratifizierung

Folgende Tabelle zeigt den Status
der KRK und ihrer Zusatzprotokolle (Stand 2023). Die Daten entstammen einer
interaktiven Karte des United Nations Human Rights Office of the High
Commissioner.




 


"State Party" (ratifiziert)


"Signatory"
(unterzeichnet)


"No Action" (nichts)




UN-Kinderrechtskonvention


196


1 (USA)


0




1. Zusatzprotokoll (Schutz vor Kinderhandel)


178


7


12




2. Zusatzprotokoll (Schutz in bewaffneten
Konflikten)


173


7


17




3. Zusatzprotokoll (Individualbeschwerden)


50


16


132




Durch die freiwillige Handlung
der Ratifizierung gehen die Staaten eine rechtlich bindende Verpflichtung ein
(vgl. Würth/Simon 2012).

Stellenwert

Laut Maywald (2010) ist die KRK "insofern
einmalig, als es die bisher größte Bandbreite fundamentaler Menschenrechte –
ökonomische, soziale, kulturelle, zivile und politische – in einem einzigen
Vertragswerk zusammenbindet." Die Relation zu den Menschenrechten ist
dabei unzureichend bestimmt (vgl. Busen/Weiß 2023). Durch weitere Konventionen
einen vergleichbaren Schutz erfahren Frauen, Wanderarbeiter*innen, Menschen mit
Behinderungen sowie Gefolterte und Verschwundene (vgl. ebd.).

Inhalt und Aufbau

Die 54 Artikel der KRK lassen
sich in drei Kategorien unterteilen: Schutzrechte, Förderrechte und
Beteiligungsrechte (vgl. BMFSFJ 2023, BMZ 2023, DIMR2023a, Maywald 2010,
Würth/Simon 2012).

Außerdem verfügt die KRK über
vier Grundprinzipien: Nichtdiskriminierung, Kindeswohlvorrang, Recht auf Leben
und Entwicklung sowie Beteiligung des Kindes und Berücksichtigung seiner
Meinung (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt 2023, BMFSFJ 2023, BMZ 2023, Würth/Simon 2012). Sie sind in den Artikeln 2, 3, 6 und 12 festgehalten (vgl. DIMR 2023b),
weswegen diese als die wichtigsten Artikel der KRK bezeichnet werden (vgl.
Maywald 2010).

Schlussendlich umfasst die KRK
vier Verfahrensregeln: die Verpflichtung der Staaten zur Bekanntmachung der
Kinderrechte (Art. 42), die Einsetzung eines Ausschusses der VN für die Rechte
des Kindes (Art. 43), die Berichtspflicht über die Maßnahmen zur Verwirklichung
der Kinderrechte (Art. 44) sowie die Mitwirkungsmöglichkeiten von
Nichtregierungsorganisationen (Art. 45) (vgl. Maywald 2010).

Die drei Zusatzprotokolle der KRK wurden im Anschluss an den 20. November 1989
verabschiedet.Fakultativprotokoll zur Beteiligung von Kindern
an bewaffneten Konflikten: 12. Februar 2002Fakultativprotokoll über den Verkauf von
Kindern, die Kinderprostitution und Kinderpornografie: 18. Januar 2002Fakultativprotokoll: Individualbeschwerde-,
Staatenbeschwerde- und Untersuchungsverfahren: 14. April 2014 (vgl. DIMR 2023b)

Umsetzung

Die KRK als völkerrechtliches
Übereinkommen stellt "nicht Gesetzgebung im geläufigen Sinne, sondern
Vertragsrecht" (Maywald 2010) dar, was lediglich Verpflichtungen der
Vertragsstaaten begründet. Diese sogenannten Staatenpflichten sind bei
menschenrechtlichen Verträgen die folgenden:Respektierungspflicht / duty to respect: "der
Staat ist verpflichtet, Verletzungen der Rechte zu unterlassen"Schutzpflicht / duty to protect: "der Staat hat die
Rechte vor Übergriffen von Seiten Dritter zu schützen"Gewährleistungspflicht / duty to fulfill: "der Staat
hat für die volle Verwirklichung der Menschenrechte Sorge zu tragen" (Maywald
2010)

Darüber hinaus verpflichten sich
die Vertragsstaaten zu internationaler Zusammenarbeit (vgl. Würth/Simon 2012).

Die konkrete Umsetzung der
Kinderrechte wird durch die nationalen Gesetzgebungen der einzelnen Länder
geregelt. Lediglich Artikel 2, 3, 6 und 12 (ausführlicher siehe Inhalt und Aufbau) als sogenannte unmittelbar anwendbare Rechte (englisch: self executing
rights) sind davon ausgenommen (vgl. ebd).

In der Bundesrepublik Deutschland
haben die Kinderrechte beispielsweise in Form des Gesetzes zur Ächtung der
Gewalt in der Erziehung und des Rechts aller Kinder ab dem vollendeten ersten
Lebensjahr auf einen öffentlichen Betreuungsplatz Eingang in das Grundgesetz
gefunden (vgl. bpb 2019).

Überprüfung

Die VN verfügen, wie in Artikel
43 der KRK gefordert (vgl. Maywald 2010), über einen 'Ausschuss für die Rechte
des Kindes' (kurz: Kinderrechtsausschuss), der die Einhaltung der KRK überwacht
und als Adressat für Individualbeschwerden dient (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt 2023).

In Deutschland erfolgt die Kontrolle
der Umsetzung der Kinderrechte durch eine unabhängige Monitoring-Stelle, die
beim Bundesfamilienministerium eingerichtet ist (vgl. bpb 2019).

Artikel 44 beschreibt weiterhin,
dass die Vertragsstaaten regelmäßig über ihre Maßnahmen zur Verwirklichung der
Kinderrechte zu berichten haben (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt 2023). Dies geschieht in
Form von Staatenberichten, wodurch die KRK als "eher schwaches
völkerrechtliches Instrument" (Gareis/Varwick 2010, S. 197) gilt. Der Fünfte und Sechste Staatenbericht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland wurde im April
2019 dem Kinderrechtsausschuss vorgelegt (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt 2023). Ein Link
zum Download ist auch im Literaturverzeichnis dieses Blogbeitrags unter
'Primärliteratur' zu finden.

Deutschland

In Deutschland erlangte die KRK
1992 Gültigkeit (vgl. Auswärtiges Amt 2023) – zu Beginn allerdings mit
Einschränkungen, nachdem nicht klar war, ob sie mit dem deutschen
Ausländerrecht, konkret mit der Möglichkeit, minderjährige nicht-deutsche
Staatsangehörige in ihre Herkunftsländer auszuweisen oder abzuschieben,
kollidieren würde (vgl. bpb 2017). Die erklärten Vorbehalte wurden 2010
zurückgenommen (vgl. BMFSFJ 2023), wodurch die KRK verbindlich geltendes Recht
wurde (vgl. DIMR 2023c).

Die KRK hat Auswirkungen auf die
nationale Gesetzgebung der Bundesrepublik (ausführlicher siehe Umsetzung).
Dennoch sind die Kinderrechte in Deutschland bisher kein eigener Teil des
Grundgesetzes. Dies ist Gegenstand einer Debatte. Als Argumente für die Aufnahme
werden genannt:die Stärkung des Bewusstseins für die Rechte von Kindern;die
Verbesserung der Position von Kindern gegenüber dem Staat und im Konfliktfall
gegenüber ihren Eltern;die Stärkung der elterlichen Verantwortung, die Rechte
des Kindes zur Geltung bringen;die Förderung der Berücksichtigung von
Kindesinteressen im politischen Raum sowie der damit einhergehende Ausdruck des
hohen Rangs von Wohl und Rechten von Kindern (vgl. Maywald 2010).Außerdem können Kinder zum aktuellen Zeitpunkt, im Gegensatz zu anderen
Grundrechtsträgern, ihre Rechte an vielen Stellen nicht selbst einfordern, da
sie weiterhin als Objekte betrachtet werden (vgl. bpb 2017). Das Deutsche
Institut für Menschenrechte spricht darüber hinaus davon, dass die Kinderrechte
in Deutschland grundlegend "noch nicht ernst genommen und oftmals leichtfertig
übergangen" werden (DIMR 2023a).Gegenstimmen einer Aufnahme der Kinderrechte
in das Grundgesetz berufen sich darauf, dass dies nicht dazu führen würde,
dass Kinder mehr Rechte erhielten (vgl. bpb 2023a). Eine Rechtsangleichung wird
vom UN-Kinderrechtsausschuss empfohlen und entspricht einer Vorgabe der
Grundrechte-Charta der EU (vgl. Maywald 2010).

In Bezug auf die
Umsetzung der Kinderrechte in Deutschland werden von unterschiedlichen Seiten Forderungen gestellt. Sie beziehen sich unter anderem auf die
Schaffung von Bildungsgerechtigkeit (vgl. Maywald 2010). Weiterhin verlangt
wird die Erhebung von mehr kinderrechtsbasierten Daten zur Untersuchung der
Wirkung politischer Maßnahmen, die gezielte Stärkung der Selbstorganisation von
Kindern und Jugendlichen, insbesondere in öffentlichen Bildungseinrichtungen
und Einrichtungen der Kinder- und Jugendhilfe, sowie, nach Vorbild anderer
Vertragsstaaten, die Errichtung leicht zugänglicher Kinderrechtsinstitutionen
und -stellen im direkten Lebensumfeld von Kindern (vgl. DIMR 2023a).Kinder selbst fordern laut der
Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung ein Recht auf Taschengeld, das Recht zu
wählen sowie ein Recht auf Arbeit, das sich auf die Aufwertung der sozialen
Stellung von arbeitenden Kindern und so die Stärkung ihrer Verhandlungsmacht
bezieht (vgl. bpb 2023a).Relevanz der Thematik

"Die Kinderrechte und die Geltung und grundlegende Einhaltung dieser Rechte in Deutschland sind eine bemerkenswerte Errungenschaft, die vielen Kindern wahrscheinlich gar nicht bewusst ist" (Bohlen 2021). Dieses von der Bundeszentrale für
politische Bildung veröffentlichte Zitat fasst hervorragend zusammen, weswegen
die Behandlung der Kinderechte im Unterricht von Relevanz ist:Die Kinderrechte
bieten, wie bereits in der theoretischen Einführung beschrieben, bis dato nie
dagewesene rechtliche Möglichkeiten für Kinder. Deren Einforderung durch Kinder
kann allerdings nur geschehen, wenn sie über ihre Rechte im Bilde sind. Schule
im allgemeinen und der Politik- beziehungsweise in der Primarstufe der
Sachunterricht im besonderen hat den Auftrag, die Mündigkeit der Schüler*innen
zu fördern (vgl. Detjen 2007, S. 211). Demnach obliegt Schule auch die Aufgabe,
über die Kinderrechte zu informieren. Dies entspricht darüber hinaus dem "pädagogischen
Blickwinkel" nach Kahlert (2010, S. 267), der Sachunterrichtsplanung als "begründungspflichtige
Anforderung an professionelles Lehrerhandeln" (ebd., S. 264) mit mehreren, zu
begründenden Dimensionen beschreibt (vgl. ebd., S. 267), indem folgende Leitfrage beantwortet wird: "Warum
ist dies [der Inhalt, Anm. LS] sinnvoll für die Persönlichkeitsentwicklung des
einzelnen Kindes?" (ebd.).

Im Kontext von Sachunterricht
wird durch die Thematisierung von Kinderrechten weiterhin die Umsetzung sowohl
der ersten als auch der zweiten Dimension der Allgemeinbildung nach Klafki
(2005) erreicht, da nicht nur Selbstbestimmungs-, Mitbestimmungs- und Solidaritätsfähigkeit
gefördert werden, sondern die Kinderrechte auch Gegenwarts- und
Zukunftsbedeutung haben (vgl. ebd.). Ferner wird der Behandlung der epochaltypischen Schlüsselprobleme der Ungleichheit innerhalb von Gesellschaften und der internationalen
Ungleichheit nachgekommen (vgl. ebd.). Der "kulturelle
Stellenwert" als zweite Komponente der begründungspflichtigen "bildungstheoretischen
Dimension" nach Kahlert (2010, S. 267) und der Frage danach, "welche Bedeutung
es für das Zusammenleben heute und in Zukunft hat, wenn Kinder in der Schule
diesem Inhalt begegnen" (ebd.), wird somit ebenfalls Rechnung getragen.

Auch der baden-württembergische Bildungsplan von 2016 für das Fach Sachunterricht fordert die
Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema Kinderrechte explizit. Im Bereich der
inhaltsbezogenen Kompetenzen für die Klassenstufen 3/4 wird unter '3.2.1 Demokratie
und Gesellschaft 3.2.1.4 Politik und Zeitgeschehen' Folgendes genannt:"DenkanstößeWie wird die aktive Umsetzung von Grund- und Kinderrechten in der Klasse und Schule gestaltet?Wie reagiert die Schule auf Missachtung der Kinderrechte im Schulalltag? [...]TeilkompetenzenDie Schülerinnen und Schüler können(1) zentrale ausgewählte Grund- und Kinderrechte beschreiben und auf konkrete Situationen in Deutschland und andere Länder übertragen(Ministerium für Jugend, Kultus und Sport Baden-Württemberg 2016, S. 36)

Außerdem wird mit der
Thematisierung der Kinderrechte der prozessbezogenen Kompetenz '2.5
Reflektieren und sich positionieren' nachgekommen:"Die Schülerinnen und Schüler können[…] 2. Empathiefähigkeit entwickeln und Perspektivwechsel vornehmen (zum Beispiel […] in der Auseinandersetzung […] mit Grund- und Kinderrechten […])" (ebd., S. 12)

Im Bereich der Denkanstöße
besonders betont wird die Umsetzung der Kinderrechte in der Schule. Vor diesem
Hintergrund scheint die Forderung des Deutschen Instituts für Menschenrechte,
insbesondere in Bildungseinrichtungen mehr Beteiligungsmöglichkeiten für Kinder
zu schaffen (vgl. DIMR 2023a, ausführlicher siehe Theoretische Einführung,
Deutschland), noch bedeutsamer.Didaktische Überlegungen

Zeitpunkt

Da die Grundrechte ebenfalls Teil
des Bildungsplans sind (ausführlicher siehe Relevanz der Thematik), bietet es
sich an, die Unterrichtseinheit zu Kinderrechten in zeitlicher Nähe zu einer
Behandlung der Grundrechte durchzuführen.

Themen und Inhalte

Die Unterrichtseinheit
beschäftigt sich mit der Umsetzung von Kinderrechten, zuvorderst im Kontext
Schule. Dies begründet sich zum einen in der durch die Denkanstöße des
baden-württembergischen Bildungsplans gelegten Basis (ausführlicher siehe Relevanz
der Thematik). Zum anderen wird angestrebt, Schüler*innen die Kinderrechte als
solche Rechte zu vermitteln, über die sie selbst verfügen und die sie in ihrem
direkten Umfeld jederzeit einfordern können. Hintergrund bildet auch die
Einschätzung des Deutschen Instituts für Menschenrechte, dass diese Möglichkeiten,
insbesondere im Bildungskontext, bisher nicht in ausreichender Anzahl und
Erreichbarkeit vorhanden sind (vgl. DIMR 2023a, ausführlicher siehe Theoretische Einführung, Deutschland). Partizipation ermöglicht darüber hinaus, die
eigene Selbstwirksamkeit zu erfahren, was ein positives Selbstkonzept fördert. Eine
Auseinandersetzung mit weiteren erwogenen Schwerpunkten der Unterrichtseinheit
erfolgt im Teil Aufbau der Unterrichtseinheit, Erwogene Alternativen.Die Themen der ersten beiden Unterrichtsstunden sind als Fragen formuliert: 'Kinderrechte – Welche Rechte habe ich?', 'Kinderrechte – Wie können wir sie umsetzen?'. Daraus ergeben sich drei Vorteile: Erstens wird dem Unterrichtsprozess Geschlossenheit verliehen, da sich die Frage als roter Faden durch die Stunde zieht und die einzelnen Unterrichtssituationen miteinander verbindet (vgl. Tänzer 2010, 132). Zweitens ermöglicht eine Frage, den Unterricht weniger lehrkraftzentriert zu gestalten, da die Schüler*innen selbst Lösungen finden sollen (ebd.). Und drittens verlangt eine Frage nach einer Antwort, was motivationale Aspekte fördert und eine Ergebnissicherung einschließt. Die dritte und gegebenenfalls vierte Unterrichtsstunde sind mit 'Kinderrechte – Wir setzen sie um!' betitelt, was den produzierenden Charakter der Stunde verdeutlicht sowie durch das Personalpronomen 'Wir' den Klassenzusammenhalt fokussiert und einen Hinweis auf die Sozialform liefert.   

Die KRK umfasst 54 Rechte, die
nicht alle Inhalt des Unterrichts sein können und müssen. Im Bildungsplan wird
die Formulierung "ausgewählte Grund- und Kinderrechte" (Ministerium für Jugend,
Kultus und Sport Baden-Württemberg 2016, S. 36) genutzt. Die folgende Tabelle bietet eine Übersicht über diejenigen Kinderrechte, die vor dem Hintergrund einer ausführlichen Recherche und unter Beachtung der
Adressat*innengerechtigkeit für die Unterrichtseinheit vorgeschlagen werden. Die Auswahl obliegt der
Lehrkraft.Es wird empfohlen, die vier Grundprinzipien der KRK (Art. 2, 3, 6,
12) in jedem Fall zu thematisieren. Weiterhin ist es sinnvoll, darüber zu
sprechen, dass die KRK Artikel beinhaltet, die die Umsetzung der Kinderrechte
regeln (Art. 43-54). Schlussendlich wird im Verlauf der Unterrichtseinheit der
Film "Kinderrechte raten" der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung (bpb 2022d)
eingesetzt, weswegen es sich anbietet, auch die dort vorkommenden Kinderrechte vorab
anzusprechen.Die Anzahl der weiteren Kinderrechte kann je nach Klassenstufe, -größe und -zusammensetzung variiert
werden (ausführlicher siehe Ablauf der Unterrichtseinheit, Abwandlungen / Anpassung an andere Klassenstufen). Insbesondere im
Zusammenhang mit Krieg und Flucht sollten die Vorerfahrungen und mögliche
Traumata der Schüler*innen berücksichtigt werden. Sensibilität ist geboten.




Artikel


Offizielle Bezeichnung


Kinderfreundliche Bezeichnung (in Anlehnung an Deutsches Komitee für
UINCEF 2023a, 2023h, BMFSJ 2018)


Inhaltliche Begründung
(ausführlicher siehe Theoretische Einführung, Inhalt und Aufbau)


Didaktische Begründung




2


Achtung der Kinderrechte; Diskriminierungsverbot


Recht auf Gleichheit


4 Grundprinzipien / unmittelbar anwendbares Recht


 




3


Wohl des Kindes


Recht auf das Beste für jedes Kind




6


Recht auf Leben


Recht auf Leben




12


Berücksichtigung des Kindeswillens


Recht auf eine eigene Meinung und darauf, ernst genommen zu werden




13


Meinungs- und
Informationsfreiheit


Beteiligungsrecht


Einteilung logo!: Öffentliche
Rechte (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 40)




16


Schutz der Privatsphäre und
Ehre


Recht auf Privatsphäre


Schutzrecht


Einteilung logo!: Private
Rechte (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 33)




17


Zugang zu den Medien; Kinder-
und Jugendschutz


Recht auf Medien


Beteiligungsrecht


Film bpb "Kinderrechte raten"
(vgl. bpb 2022d)




22


Flüchtlingskinder


Recht auf besonderen Schutz
und Hilfe für Flüchtlingskinder


Schutzrecht


Einteilung logo!: Schutz vor
Ausbeutung und Gewalt (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 52ff.)




23


Förderung behinderter Kinder


Recht auf besondere Förderung
und Unterstützung für behinderte Kinder


Förderrecht


Poster UNICEF (vgl. Deutsches
Komitee für UINCEF 2023g)




24


Gesundheitsvorsorge


Recht auf Gesundheit


Förderrecht


Einteilung logo!: Recht auf
Fürsorge (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 32)




27


Angemessene
Lebensbedingungen; Unterhalt


Recht auf gute
Lebensverhältnisse


Schutzrecht


Einteilung logo!: Recht auf
Fürsorge (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 30)




28


Recht auf Bildung; Schule;
Berufsausbildung


Recht auf Bildung


Förderrecht


Film bpb "Kinderrechte raten"
(vgl. bpb 2022d)




31


Beteiligung an Freizeit,
kulturellem und künstlerischem Leben; staatliche Förderung


Recht auf Spiel und Freizeit


Förderrecht


Film bpb "Kinderrechte raten"
(vgl. bpb 2022d)




32


Schutz vor wirtschaftlicher
Ausbeutung


Recht auf Schutz vor
ausbeuterischer Kinderarbeit


Schutzrecht


Einteilung logo!: Schutz vor
Ausbeutung und Gewalt (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 45)




38


Schutz bei bewaffneten
Konflikten; Einziehung zu den Streitkräften


Recht auf Schutz im Krieg


Schutzrecht


Einteilung logo!: Schutz vor
Ausbeutung und Gewalt (vgl. BMFSJ 2018, S. 50f.)




43-54


 


"Diese Artikel erklären, wie
die Vereinten Nationen in
Zusammenarbeit mit internationalen Organisationen wie UNICEF dafür sorgen wollen, dass die Kinderrechte eingehalten werden." (UNICEF 2023a)


u.a. Verfahrensregeln (Art.
42-45)


 




 Hinweise zu den didaktischen Begründungen:Das Buch "Die Rechte der Kinder. von logo!einfach erklärt" (BMFSJ 2018) beinhaltet eine sinnvolle Einteilung, die über
die Einteilung in Schutz-, Förder- und Beteiligungsrechte hinausgeht. Das Poster "Kinderrechte" von UNICEF (Deutsches
Komitee für UINCEF 2023g) umfasst mit dem 'Recht auf besondere Förderung und
Unterstützung bei Behinderung' ein Kinderrecht, das grundlegend von Bedeutung und im schulischen Kontext vor
dem Hintergrund des Inklusionsbestrebens im Bildungssystem besonders relevant erscheint.Der Film "Kinderrechte raten" der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung (bpb 2022d) kommt im Verlauf der Unterrichtseinheit zum Einsatz.

Intentionen

In dem 2013 veröffentlichten
Perspektivrahmen Sachunterricht spricht die Gesellschaft für Didaktik des
Sachunterrichts davon, dass Ausrichtung und Anliegen des Sachunterrichts […]
als zu fördernde Kompetenzen und Kompetenzerwartungen" (GDSU 2013, S. 12) beschrieben
werden können. Nach Weinert (2001, S. 27f.) sind Kompetenzen "die bei
Individuen verfügbaren oder durch sie erlernbaren kognitiven Fähigkeiten und
Fertigkeiten, um bestimmte Probleme zu lösen, sowie die damit verbundenen
motivationalen, volitionalen und sozialen Bereitschaften und Fähigkeiten, um
die Problemlösungen in variablen Situationen erfolgreich und verantwortungsvoll
nutzen zu können".

Die folgenden Ziele stellen
Lernziele dar, die sich sowohl auf Inhalt als auch auf Methoden beziehen (vgl.
Tänzer 2010, S. 104). Sie werden auch als Verhaltensdispositionen bezeichnet,
was verdeutlichen soll, dass sie "nicht zwangsläufig beobachtbar" (ebd., S.
102) sind. Die Ziele sind nach Stunden
sortiert und orientieren sich in ihrer Reihenfolge an deren Aufbau.

Erste (Doppel-)Stunde

Die Schüler*innen könnenBedürfnisse / Wünsche von Kindern erkennen und nennenBedürfnisse / Wünsche von Kindern priorisieren / gewichtenKinderrechte nennenBedürfnissen / Wünschen von Kindern entsprechende
Kinderrechte zuordnenzwischen Bedürfnissen / Wünschen und Rechten von Kindern unterscheideneine Verbindung zwischen den Kinderrechten und dem
eigenen Leben herstellen

Zweite (Doppel-)Stunde

Die Schüler*innen könnenbegründen, warum bestimmte Kinderrechte
bedeutsam sinddie Umsetzung von Kinderrechten in der Schule
beurteilenVorschläge zur Verbesserung der Umsetzung von
Kinderrechten in der Schule machen

Dritte (Doppel-)Stunde

Die Schüler*innen könnenin einer Gruppe auswählen, welche Inhalte zu
einem bestimmten Kinderrecht auf einem Plakat Platz finden sollenin einer Gruppe ein Plakat zu einem Kinderrecht gestaltenin einer Gruppe ein Plakat zu einem Kinderrecht
präsentieren

Aufbau der Unterrichtseinheit

Die folgenden Ausführungen sind auch als Übersicht in tabellarischer Form verfügbar. Die Übersicht orientiert
sich an klassischen Unterrichtsskizzen, um im Unterricht als Leitfaden genutzt
werden zu können. (Sie befindet sich auch noch einmal im Anhang.) 

Die Unterrichtseinheit besteht
aus drei obligatorischen Stunden und einer fakultativen Stunde. Sie können je
nach Vorwissen, Arbeitstempo etc. der Schüler*innen als Einzel- oder als
Doppelstunden durchgeführt werden.

Erste (Doppel-)Stunde:
Kinderrechte – Welche Rechte habe ich?

Die erste (Doppel-)Stunde mit dem
Thema 'Kinderrechte – Welche Rechte habe ich?' dient dazu, die KRK
kennenzulernen und ihren Nutzen und ihre Schwerpunkte zu verstehen. Außerdem
werden "ausgewählte [...] Kinderrechte" (siehe didaktische Überlegungen, Thema und
Inhalte) besprochen und eigene Ausgaben der KRK angefertigt.Dafür werden in
einem ersten Schritt (Einstieg) Bedürfnisse / Wünsche von Kindern durch die Schüler*innen
genannt. Als Sozial- und Sitzform wird ein Stuhlkreis empfohlen. Die Lehrkraft (LK)
notiert die Bedürfnisse / Wünsche auf bunten Karten, die in die Mitte
des Stuhlkreises gelegt werden. Dies bietet den Vorteil, dass die daraufhin
folgende Diskussion zum Stellenwert der einzelnen Bedürfnisse / Wünsche durch
Verschieben der Karten visualisiert werden kann. Sie soll zeigen, dass einige
Bedürfnisse zentraler, umfassender oder weitreichender sind als andere. Von großer Bedeutung ist hierbei, dass kein Konsens innerhalb der Klasse erzielt werden muss. Kindern können unterschiedliche Dinge wichtig sein. Ein offener Austausch, während welchem jede Meinung gehört wird, dient der Horizonterweiterung oder der Festigung des eigenen Standpunkts. Es
sollte darauf geachtet werden, zwischen den Bedürfnis-Karten ausreichend Platz
zu lassen, um zur Verdeutlichung des Nutzens der Kinderrechte in der Phase der Erarbeitung Kinderrechte-Karten hinzulegen zu können (ausführlicher
siehe unten). Die
Bedürfnis-Karten sollten nicht vorher vorbereitet sein. Dies würde unter
Umständen die Assoziationsfreiheit der Schüler*innen einschränken, da der
Eindruck entstehen könnte, bestimmte, 'richtige' Bedürfnisse nennen zu müssen. Je
nach Gesprächsverlauf kann die LK eine Frage dazu stellen, wie die genannten
Bedürfnisse / Wünsche garantiert werden könnten, um damit zur nächsten Phase,
der Hinführung, überzuleiten. (Eine Formulierungsidee hierzu findet sich im Anhang.)In
der Phase der Hinführung informiert die LK die Schüler*innen über die KRK, genauer über
ihre Entstehung, ihren Ratifizierungsstatus, ihren Umfang und die Umsetzung durch
Staaten und Organisationen sowie ihre Überprüfung mittels Staatenberichten und
dem Kinderrechtsausschuss der VN. (Auch hier kann eine Formulierungsidee im
Anhang eingesehen werden.) Es bietet sich an, in diesem Zusammenhang die Artikel
1 und 2 der kinderfreundlichen Version der KRK (Deutsches Komitee für UNICEF
2023a) vorzulesen, um konkrete Einblicke zu gewähren, über die Existenz eines
Gesetzestextes explizit für Kinder zu informieren sowie zu der Phase der
Erarbeitung überzuleiten. Die kinderfreundliche Version der KRK kann hier sowohl
online heruntergeladen als auch kostenfrei als Printausgabe bestellt werden. Im
Anschluss an die Hinführung kann die KRK im Klassenzimmer platziert werden, um
den Schüler*innen die Möglichkeit zu geben, ihre Rechte zu jeder Zeit nachlesen zu können.In der Phase der Erarbeitung werden die Schüler*innen dazu
aufgefordert, mögliche Kinderrechte zu nennen. Diese werden in Form
vorbereiteter Kinderrechte-Karten (Kopiervorlagen unter Material Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte im Anhang) den bereits im
Stuhlkreis liegenden Bedürfnis-Karten zugeordnet. Gegebenenfalls können weitere
Bedürfnis-Karten beschriftet werden. Als Differenzierung können an dieser Stelle Murmelphasen zu zweit eingebaut werden. Auf den Kinderrechte-Karten befindet
sich eine kinderfreundliche Beschreibung des entsprechenden Kinderrechts (siehe
didaktische Überlegungen, Thema und Inhalte) sowie eine Visualisierung, die eine Situation darstellt, in der das Kinderrecht zur Anwendung kommt / kommen sollte. Es
wird empfohlen, die Kinderrechte-Karten auf weißes Papier zu drucken, um sie visuell gut von den bunten Bedürfnis-Karten unterscheiden zu können. Bei Nennung eines nicht vorbereiteten
Kinderrechts kann dieses problemlos auf einem weiteren, weißen Blatt Papier notiert
werden. Eine Diskussion über mögliche Visualisierungen regt die Auseinandersetzung mit
dem Kinderrecht weiter an. Es sollte in jedem Fall auf die Exemplarität der
ausgewählten Kinderechte eingegangen werden und ein Austausch über den
Zusammenhang zwischen Bedürfnissen und Kinderrechten und somit den Nutzen der
KRK stattfinden. (Eine Formulierungsidee findet sich im Anhang.) Weiterhin wichtig
ist es, die Ausgestaltung der Kinderrechte gut zu erklären und alle
aufkommenden Fragen zu beantworten, um die Etablierung von Fehlkonzepten, zum
Beispiel in Bezug auf Kinderarbeit, zu vermeiden. Es kann dazu kommen, dass
einigen Wünschen kein Kinderrecht zugeordnet werden kann. An dieser Stelle kann
die LK, sofern dies nicht bereits ohne ihr Zutun geschieht, einen Austausch
über die Gründe dafür – beispielsweise die Nichtauswahl des entsprechenden
Kinderrechts oder die eingeschränkte Reichweite des Wunsches – anstoßen. Es
bietet sich an, den Unterschied zwischen einem Recht und einem Wunsch explizit
zu verdeutlichen (ausführlicher siehe Formulierungsideen).Zur
Ergebnissicherung gestalten die Schüler*innen in Einzelarbeit ihre eigene
Ausgabe der KRK. (Eine Kopiervorlage für die einzelnen Seiten findet sich unter Material Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte im Anhang.) Pro Kinderrecht soll eine Seite
gestaltet werden. Die Anzahl der Kopien hängt demnach von Klassenstärke und
Anzahl der ausgewählten Kinderrechte ab. Die gestalteten Seiten können
anschließend mit einem Heftstreifen oder einem Faden gebunden werden. Die Anordnung
der Kinderrechte innerhalb ihrer Konvention soll von den Schüler*innen selbst
bestimmt werden, um zu bewirken, dass sie noch einmal individuell über die
Bedeutsamkeit der entsprechenden Kinderrechte nachdenken. Logistisch empfiehlt sich die reguläre Sitzform. Währenddessen kann die LK
die sortierten Bedürfnis- und Kinderrechte-Karten gut sichtbar im Klassenzimmer anbringen,
um den Schüler*innen zu ermöglichen, sich die gemeinsame Erarbeitung jederzeit
wieder ins Gedächtnis zu rufen.Sollte es Schüler*innen geben, die früher
fertig werden als andere, kann auf geeignetes, kostenfreies Zusatzmaterial der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung und / oder der Kinder-Nachrichtensendung logo! zum Thema Kinderrechte zurückgegriffen werden. (Hinweise dazu finden sich auch in der letzten Zeile der Übersicht über die Unterrichtseinheit. Außerdem sei auf die Liste mit zu empfehlendem Unterrichtsmaterial im Anhang verwiesen).

Zweite (Doppel-)Stunde:
Kinderrechte – Wie können wir sie umsetzen?

Die zweite (Doppel-)Stunde beschäftigt
sich mit dem Thema 'Kinderrechte – Wie können wir sie umsetzen?', wobei es sich
um die Umsetzung in der Schule handelt (ausführlicher siehe didaktische
Überlegungen, Thema und Inhalte).Zuvor werden die Inhalte der letzten
(Doppel-)Stunde wiederholt. Ein Film der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung
(bpb 2022b, 0:27-2:52) bereitet drei Kinderrechte so auf, dass sie durch die
Betrachter*innen erraten werden können. Der Film muss dazu nicht in kompletter
Länge gesehen werden, zumal insbesondere sein Schlussteil keinen sinnvollen
Zusammenhang zur Unterrichtseinheit aufweist. In Anlehnung an
Diskussionsvorschläge der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung wird vorgeschlagen, im Anschluss an die Nennung
des Kinderrechts noch einmal seine Bedeutsamkeit zu thematisieren. Außerdem bietet es
sich unter Umständen an, ebenfalls wiederholend auf den Inhalt des Kinderrechts
einzugehen. (Formulierungsideen finden sich im Anhang.) Um auch die weiteren, in
der vorausgegangenen Stunde eingeführten Kinderrechte zu wiederholen, folgt
eine Übertragung des Formats des Films auf die Klassenebene: Freiwillige
Schüler*innen beschreiben ein Kinderrecht, ohne dessen Bezeichnung zu nennen,
während die anderen raten. Die Diskussion über Inhalt und Bedeutsamkeit als
etablierte Struktur und relevanter Teil, um das Verständnis zu sichern,
mögliche Lücken zu ergänzen und Fehlvorstellungen zu korrigieren, schließt an. Als
Sitzform wird der Kinositz vorgeschlagen. In dem zweiten Teil der Wiederholung kann
das entsprechende Kind zur Beschreibung seines Kinderrechts vor die Klasse
treten und mit Überblick über seine Mitschüler*innen Antworten entgegennehmen.
Dieser Teil der Stunde bringt eine natürliche Differenzierung mit sich, solange
alle Schüler*innen auf freiwilliger Basis die Rolle eines vortragenden oder
eines zuhörenden und gegebenenfalls ratenden Kinds einnehmen.Die Phase der
Erarbeitung beinhaltet eine Untersuchung und Diskussion der Umsetzung der Kinderrechte in der
Schule. Dies kann, je nach Vorerfahrungen und regulärer Sitzform der Klasse, in Partner-
oder Gruppenarbeit geschehen. Ein Arbeitsblatt, das vier Spalten umfasst und so
neben der Möglichkeit der Verschriftlichung der Zustände auch Platz für das
Notieren von Lösungsvorschlägen bietet, dient der Ergebnissicherung des
Austausches. (Die Kopiervorlage des Arbeitsblatts befindet sich auch im Anhang unter Material Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte.) Entsprechend der Möglichkeiten
der Einhaltung der Aufsichtspflicht kann erwogen werden, die
Schüler*innengruppen im Schulgebäude oder auf dem Schulgelände Hinweise auf
Kinderrechte finden zu lassen. Vermutlich wird beispielsweise das Recht auf
Gesundheit eher bedacht, wenn die Kinder vor oder in der Mensa stehen. Auch hier empfiehlt es sich, Zusatzmaterial für schneller arbeitende Schüler*innen zur Verfügung zu stellen.Um die Ergebnisse
vergleichen und einordnen und die Lösungsvorschläge diskutieren zu können, wird
in der Phase der Ergebnissicherung im Stuhlkreis ein Austausch durch die LK
moderiert. Sie hat an dieser Stelle außerdem die Möglichkeit, auf Kinderrechte hinzuweisen, die nicht genannt werden. Sollte die Idee nicht von der Klasse selbst kommen, kann
die LK als eigenen Vorschlag die Plakatgestaltung einbringen, die in der
kommenden, dritten (Doppel-)Stunde durchgeführt werden soll. Die weiteren Lösungsvorschläge
können auf einem Plakat gesammelt und im Klassenzimmer angebracht werden, um in
der vierten (Doppel-)Stunde darauf zurückgreifen zu können.

Dritte (Doppel-)Stunde:
Kinderrechte – Wir setzen sie um!

(Doppel-)Stunde 3 'Kinderrechte –
Wir setzen sie um!' beinhaltet die Gestaltung von Plakaten zu den
Kinderrechten, um die Bekanntheit dieser in der Schule zu erhöhen.Für die Durchführung
in Gruppen wird empfohlen, die Schüler*innen nach klasseneigenen Methoden
einzuteilen und vorab über das Verhalten in Gruppen, wie beispielsweise die
Rollenverteilung oder den Umgang miteinander, zu sprechen. Je nach Anzahl der
"ausgewählten [...] Kinderrechte" (siehe didaktische Überlegungen, Thema und Inhalte),
können die Gruppen unterschiedlich groß sein. Es kann sich auch auf einige
zentrale Kinderrechte beschränkt werden. Die Zuordnung von Kinderrechten zu
entsprechenden Gruppen kann per Zufallsprinzip oder beispielsweise anhand der von
den Schüler*innen in der vorherigen, zweiten (Doppel-)Stunde in PA / GA
gefundenen und geschilderten Kinderrechte erfolgen. Das bereits angesprochene
Zusatzmaterial kann erneut für schneller arbeitende Schüler*innen zum Einsatz kommen.
Eine weitere Möglichkeit ist, diese Schüler*innen andere Gruppen unterstützen zu lassen.
Die kinderfreundliche Version der KRK und die sortierten Bedürfnis- und
Kinderrechte-Karten im Klassenzimmer sowie die eigenen Ausgaben der KRK können
als inhaltliche Stütze dienen. Es bietet sich darüber hinaus an, vorab zu
klären, welche Inhalte die Plakate umfassen sollen, um eine möglichst hohe
Informationsdichte und Einheitlichkeit aller Plakate zu gewährleisten.In der
Phase der Ergebnissicherung werden die Plakate im Kinositz präsentiert, bevor sie gemeinsam im Schulhaus angebracht werden. Die LK stellt ebenfalls ein
Plakat vor, was Informationen zu Hilfemöglichkeiten / Anlaufstellen beinhaltet, die bei Verletzung
oder Missachtung der eigenen Kinderrechte oder der anderer aufgesucht
beziehungsweise kontaktiert werden können. (Eine Plakatvorlage und Ideen zur Präsentation
finden sich im Anhang unter Material Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte und Formulierungsideen.)

Vierte (Doppel-)Stunde:
Kinderrechte – Wir setzen sie um!

Die vierte (Doppel-)Stunde ist
fakultativ. Sie befasst sich ebenfalls mit dem Thema 'Kinderrechte – Wir setzen
sie um!' und bietet Raum, die weiteren Lösungsvorschläge der Schüler*innen aus
der Erarbeitungsphase der zweiten (Doppel-)Stunde anzugehen.Darüber hinaus
könnten auch das Aufzeigen der Möglichkeit der Partizipation in einem
Kinderparlament in der eigenen oder einer nahe gelegenen Stadt oder die Vorbereitung einer Teilnahme an der UNICEF-Aktion 'Wir reden mit!', die jedes Jahr am Tag der
Kinderrechte (20.11) stattfindet (vgl. Deutsches Komitee für UNICEF 2023i), Inhalt sein. Zu der Planung und Durchführung eines eigenen Projekts können Informationsmaterialien bei der Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung eingesehen werden (vgl.
Sander 2013).

Abwandlungen / Anpassung an
andere Klassenstufen

InsgesamtAnpassung der Anzahl der "ausgewählte[n] [...] Kinderrechte"

Erste (Doppel-)StundeEinstieg: Bedürfnisse mündlich, keine PriorisierungHinführung: Anpassung der InformationsmengeErarbeitungKinderrechte-Karten: keine Schrift, nur VisualisierungZusammenhang von Kinderrechten und Bedürfnissen
mündlichErgebnissicherung: in zu gestaltenden Ausgaben
der KRK ist kinderfreundlicher Titel des Kinderrechts / Schlagwort zur
Verdeutlichung des Kinderrechts (z.B. Bildung, Gesundheit…) bereits vorhanden
(von LK vor dem Kopieren auf Kopiervorlage notiert), Kinder malen ausschließlich dazu

Zweite (Doppel-)StundeErarbeitung: gemeinsamer Gang durch das
Schulhaus / über das Schulgelände und Thematisierung der Kinderrechte vor Ort,
kein ABErgebnissicherung: Sammeln von
Lösungsvorschlägen im Plenum, LK notiert Vorschläge auf Plakat mit

Dritte (Doppel-)StundeGestaltung von Bildern zu Kinderrechten (anstatt
von Plakaten): auch in EA möglich, freie Wahl des Kinderrechts möglichErgebnissicherung: keine Präsentation, Anbringen
der Bilder unterhalb vorbereiteter Schriftzüge mit kinderfreundlichen Titeln der
Kinderrechte (durch LK vorbereitet)

Vierte (Doppel-)StundeBereits angepasst an die Interessen der
Schüler*innenAnpassung an Kapazitäten der Schüler*innen

Erwogene Alternativen




Alternative


Begründung
für deren Ausschluss




Kinderrechte in aller Welt


-    'Kinder in aller Welt' eigenes Thema des baden-württembergischen Bildungsplans für Klassen 1/2 und 3/4: Standards für inhaltsbezogene Kompetenzen > Kultur und Gesellschaft (vgl. Ministerium für Kultus, Jugend und Sport 2016, S. 17, 35)-     großer
Vorbereitungs- und Zeitaufwand, um zu vermeiden, dass sich Stereotype /
Generalisierungen / Machtgefälle (gebildet – ungebildet, reich – arm, modern
– vormodern) etablieren und auf die Klassenebene übertragen werden




Fokus auf ein Recht im Besonderen


-        wurde
bereits in Blogbeitrag Kinderrechte unterrichten mit Astrid Lindgren (Reusch
2018) umgesetzt
-       Wahl
eines Kinderrechts und somit Hervorhebung dieses Kinderrechts schwierig (wenn dann Recht
auf Bildung (s. unten))




Umsetzung in Deutschland:
Bildungs-ungerechtigkeit


-         eher
anspruchsvoll und umfangreich
-        von
Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung für Klassen 5-8 empfohlen (vgl. Sander
et al. 2013)




Debatte: Kinderrechte ins
Grundgesetz


-         aktuelle
Thematik, Unterrichtseinheit könnte schnell inhaltlich überarbeitet werden
müssen
-        Berücksichtigung
des Kontroversitätsgebots (Beutelsbacher Konsens) schwierig




Abkürzungsverzeichnis

CRC = Convention on the Rights of the Child

BMFSFJ = Bundesministerium für
Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend

BMZ = Bundesministerium für
wirtschaftliche Zusammenarbeit und Entwicklung

bpb = Bundeszentrale für
politische Bildung

DIMR = Deutsches Institut für
Menschenrechte

EA = Einzelarbeit

GA = GruppenarbeitGDSU = Gesellschaft für Didaktik des Sachunterrichts

KRK = Konvention über die Rechte
des Kindes, kurz: Kinderrechtskonvention

LK = Lehrkraft

PA = Partnerarbeit

UN = United Nations (engl. für:
Vereinte Nationen)

UNICEF = United Nations International
Children's Emergency Fund

VN = Vereinte NationenAnhang

Übersicht Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte

Material Unterrichtseinheit Kinderrechte

Formulierungsideen Unterrichtseinheit KinderrechteListe zu empfehlendes Unterrichtsmaterial KinderrechteLiteraturverzeichnis Kinderrechte

Our motivation for writing this synthesis is the personal and collective trauma caused by a new wave of attacks in France in 2015 and their aftershocks in Belgium, Germany and Great Britain. These dramatic events have rekindled important professional and existential questions worth consideration. They encouraged thinking anew about the aims and functioning of the educational institutions in which we are involved.Our research question therefore starts from an appreciation of a contemporary humanity and state of the world that seem distant from what would have been hoped for amid immense modern technological advances, for instance massive access to information and to primary education . The working hypothesis is that the ontological dimension would certainly already be present in the educational curricula and the common core, but that it would be exercised unconsciously, even repressed, which would have the effect of slowing down the emergence of responsible individuals able to act positively toward themselves, others and the planet. The objective is therefore to try to better understand and support, in view of realizing this goal, the multi-referential process of our humanization, as long as, as the Renaissance humanist Erasmus once said: "We are not born human, but rather become human". The main theoretical frameworks and concepts that we mobilize to build this work and our proposals in Education and Training Sciences are based on three fields. First, Transdisciplinarity (complex thinking , systems of systems and consciousness ). Then, transpersonal psychology (on issues of freedom, responsibility and ethics). Finally, Digital Humanities, from technological artifacts and educational technologies , to technontology .In the form of insets, we will regularly report moments from our "life story", thus inserting us into the current of biographisation , as evidence of the evolution of our own journey.In the first part, we work on the construction of a hypothetico-deductive ontological model of Being, taking into account the human condition in its spatiotemporal context – Being as it unfolds in time and space – to understand how this model functions in terms of rooting, need, capacity, desire, surpassing etc. We represent man by a metaphorical schema, called "structure-temple", comprising seven parts. The pedestal of the building symbolizes its affiliation with the "anthropological / cultural" context of birth, currently the Anthropocene (which begins with the transformative action of sustainable human action on the planet, mainly because of its technical actions) (Wallenhorst, 2019). The first column expresses the "physical / biological / energy" dimension; the second, the "emotional / sensitive" part; the third, the "mental / cognitive"; the fourth, the "groupal / social"; and the fifth, the "axiological / existential / (post) metaphysical". The pediment is the "aperture / ontological" headdress of the ensemble, which invites an optimistic conclusion according to the maxim of the Greek temple of Delphi attributed to Socrates: "Know thyself and you will know the universe and the gods".We then analyse this approach through two temporal dimensions: the big history or long cosmic history from the big bang to the creation of our planet and the development of the biosphere, as well as the ephemeral human life during which each of us will try to accomplish an "involved project" . A third timeless dimension completes them: the life of the spirit. We observe the evolutionary dynamics of the temple-structure thanks to the complementarity that it achieves with the logic of the included third and the "Hidden Third", as well as its non-reductionist character. This model is fractal because it tends toward intra-infinity, and holographic because it is multilayered. It builds a system of "cosmodern" equilibrium, testifying to the historical epistemological separation between the world of subjects and that of the objects it brings together through the theory of "Transreality" . Ultimately, it proposes to surpass an apparent dichotomy by adopting a non-dual approach intended to be effective through the "project approach" .We thus develop a model that could be useful for an ontoformation . The action links updated in the temple-structure by the exercise of the thirds (included and hidden) can be mobilized in the "essence" of the teacher's practice. The teacher must be able to evaluate his or her professional "situated action", which we would evaluate in the context of time (Pedestal and Columns) and in the "vertical" dimension of the whole structure (From Pedestal to Pediment). This approach would shift the quasi-unidirectional binary master-student relationship in the exclusive application of the programs to a dynamic sensitive process of a ternary relationship through the mobilization of the structure-temple tool, for evaluative and then truly educational purposes, as much for the position of the master as for that of the pupil. This holistic approach integrates educational proposals that can be grouped under the terms self-training and self-co-training: "Training here refers to the vital and permanent process of shaping by interaction between oneself (self), others (socio, hetero, co) and the world (eco). Self-training is then defined as the awareness, understanding and transformation by the subject of this interaction. It is the transformation of the relationship with oneself, with others and with the world" .We therefore seek to examine, through the model of the temple-structure in an educational situation, whether the poles and various elements are invested in a correctness (the right ingredient, at the right time, in an adequate quantity) that avoids imbalances, for example disturbances of other moments of life dedicated to transmission and learning and, more broadly, life outside educational spaces. To deepen this question, we will explore the model in other contexts of learning and other educational situations, such as knowledge and disciplines, practices and pedagogies, educational technologies etc.The second part of the work contextualizes the temple-structure metaphor in the field of education and training. From a harmonious reciprocal approach of a triple development, operated on personal, professional and collective levels, emerges a proposal of "Integrative and Implicative Pedagogy" (P2i). It is anchored in the long history of New Education born in the early twentieth century. Through the technicalized updating of the socioconstructivist project approach, the P2i cultivates the efficient consideration of learners, teachers and third parts (staff, parents and other partners) in all their dimensions. This reflection requires discussing the evolution of the role of the teacher in the acquisition of the fundamental learning of primary school, from "read, write, count" to "respect others", thus passing from quantitative performance to qualitative subtlety. It is a question of anticipating the passage from an "integrative" character of educational objects in all their varieties, to the "integral" dimension of the subjects in formation. The temple-structure metaphor is then presented as a multidimensional project. The research therefore applies to the field of disciplines, peri-, para- and extra-curricular activities as well as cross-cutting issues such as eco-citizenship, empowerment, happiness and well-being, emotion management, positive education etc.The P2i studies the places, the means, the methods and the tools made available to institutions and teachers (philosophical debate, yoga or laical meditation ) to allow a secular approach allowed of spirituality , which is interested in the "life of the mind". As a method of analysis and foresight, it can be mobilized to study any question related to the Sciences of Education and Training, from secularism or evaluation to open access or big data. The temple-structure and the P2i jointly propose a theoretical and practical framework favoring the application of educational "strategies of success" by the establishment of "virtuous circles" while developing our "part of humanity". For example: "class management" x "adapted learning" x "support for personalities" x "learners' skills" x "existential dimension" and so on, situating ourselves in the current of slow education and alternatives approaches to / from education. Then a question emerges: should we be guided, by need or necessity, towards a paradigm shift in education? And if so, what should we strive for?The most important aspect would ultimately be an ability to lead multi-referential lives that are connected with each other, with educational partners, with institutions, in relation to knowledge. Examples abound, especially in the field of active pedagogies. In the manner of design thinking, which manages innovation by synthesising analytical thought and intuitive thought as it mobilizes processes of co-creativity that will involve end-users, or like the operating rules stemming from sociocracy and holacracy (as decision with zero objection, election without self-declared candidates, revocability of mandates). Such examples are an extension of work that emphasizes the spiritual dimension – the opposite of routine. It is therefore essential in teacher training not to develop only professional skills, but rather to promote the development of full-fledged human beings. As if reconciling a posture of legitimacy of the teacher with that of a permission of the student. Without force or manipulation. By focusing on the "educational flow" to better enter in the learning of "content stocks". By putting more freedom in learning while maintaining ethics. With freedom of conscience in the face of ideological approaches between normality and (relative) deviance, between independence and the need for connection. By passing from the class group to the subject group. The learner becomes an actor with the acquisition of autonomy. And when the learner realizes this, it is the beginning of emancipation, which can cause shocks. Because this dynamic in progress can also create resistance, as much for the actors concerned as for the institutions. Because we must first accept the discomfort of these new situations. Accompaniment, integration and inventiveness are practices that facilitate these processes of creation, which must each time be new, in order to prevent falling back into reproducing pre-established models.The third part presents an assessment of our journey as a researcher-practitioner in the form of a reflexive return, with its strong points and its gray areas: the examination of the slow professional and spiritual "drying up" as the technicization of our research after our appointment at the Paris IUFM in 1998; our "revivification" thanks to the action involved in non-institutional teams, the first fruits of the adventure described by the present overview; the misunderstandings of our peers and the difficulties in sharing and pursuing administratively and scientifically our work orientations.This report is completed by a presentation of the research perspectives with our laboratory on the question of the uses of digital education; international collaborations with the National Institute of Informatics (NII) in Japan and the Centro de Tecnologia da Informação (CTI) in Brazil on stress at work; by the continuity of our work in the context of current teaching (integration in the axes of GIS Rreefor-Espe); the continued testing of P2i in teacher training or the deepening of the Culture of Peace. The extent of the engagement in our research community and our actions for the promotion of the discipline of the Sciences of Education and Training are particularly notable in relation to cooperation initiatives with foreign universities for teacher training in Romania (Cluj-Napoca), Spain (Valencia), Russia (Moscow), Ecuador (Chuquipata) and China (Chengdu), through the endorsement of editorial responsibilities as a reviewer, through the organization of scientific meetings, by answering requests for expert opinions…In conclusion, in the era of the Anthropocene, which is characterized by societal and lethal environmental risks for the human species, questioning what constitutes society is now absolutely necessary. Starting from our specialty, education, this problem is tackled by the study of conditions and modalities, a strategy that allows surpassing a mere "doing together" to a true "living together". At the heart of the areas to explore further are secularism and the relationship with religion . As the pedagogue Philippe Meirieu has noted: "'Believing' divides while 'knowing' brings together" . Experience facilitates passing from the first verb to the second. Massification and longer study times seem to go hand in hand with the standardization of training courses. The latter would then risk rejecting the otherness of those who follow them and tend to format them, which would be the opposite of the search for creative solutions that society needs. Finding interest and constructing the "common points" that respect diversity, based on real benevolence, with co-constructed rules, would be a pragmatic solution to consider. Fundamental principles may include but are not limited to: citizenship, partnership, democracy, team and collaborative learning, acceptance of different ideas, small group work, and extended teacher roles beyond traditional disciplines.The apparently intuitive point of convergence between these principles can be seen by taking into account our "common point of humanity" in all its various expressions. And this common point could in turn be guided by a call for a transcendence of each individual "little person", in a transcendence that is necessarily collective. If it were a matter of something informal and unspoken, all would benefit from having it brought to consciousness. Should it not then become a subject of discussion between the stakeholders, in order to encourage more and more the expression of this common point of humanity, so that everyone finds nourishment as needed, while maintaining the broadest possible respect for others and the world? In the tradition of Metagogy Theorem , we would approach a meta-science of education: a scientific and transversal model supported by an integral pedagogical paradigm that would provide a necessary and sufficient space for the ontological and spiritual dimensions.The objective of this research is to participate in the understanding of the question of consciousness and its deployment in human activities (subject / object / project), particularly in educational situations, with intention as the first criterion of analysis. ; Notre motivation à entrer dans l'écriture de cette note de synthèse trouve sa source à la suite du séisme traumatisant personnel et collectif provoqué par une nouvelle vague d'attentats en France en 2015 et par leurs répliques en Belgique, en Allemagne et en Grande-Bretagne. Ces événements dramatiques ont ravivé chez nous des questionnements professionnels et existentiels jusque-là mis de côté faute de lieu et de moment institutionnel dédié pour réfléchir aux finalités et aux fonctionnements des instances éducatives dont nous sommes partie prenante.Notre question de recherche part donc de l'appréciation d'une humanité et d'un état du monde contemporains qui semblent loin d'être à la hauteur qu'auraient laissé espérer les immenses avancées technologiques modernes, parmi lesquelles l'accès à l'information, conjuguées à une éducation primaire dispensée à très grande échelle sur la planète .Une hypothèse est que si la dimension ontologique est d'une certaine façon déjà présente dans les programmes scolaires et dans le socle commun de connaissances, de compétences et de culture de l'école et du collège notamment au travers des humanités et des compétences relationnelles et psycho-sociales, elle s'y exercerait toutefois de façon non ou insuffisamment conscientisée, ce qui amoindrirait ses effets positifs. Cet état de fait, attaché à une sorte de refoulement, aurait pour effet de ralentir la capacité de formation et d'émergence d'une personne qui soit responsable et qui agisse de manière positive envers elle-même, envers les autres et envers la planète. L'objectif poursuivi est donc de chercher à mieux comprendre et à accompagner vers ce but le processus multi-référentiel de notre humanisation au travers de l'éducation, pour autant que, comme l'affirmait déjà Érasme à la Renaissance : « On ne naît pas homme, on le devient ». Les principaux cadres théoriques et les concepts que nous mobilisons pour construire ce travail et nos propositions en Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation s'appuient sur trois domaines. D'abord la Transdisciplinarité , avec la pensée complexe , la théorie des systèmes et la question de la conscience . Ensuite la Psychologie Transpersonnelle , sur les questions de liberté, de responsabilité et d'éthique. Enfin les Humanités Numériques, depuis les artefacts technologiques et les technologies éducatives jusqu'à la technontologie (technique plus ontologie).Sous forme d'encarts, nous relaterons régulièrement des moments issus de notre « histoire de vie », nous insérant ainsi dans le courant de la biographisation , en tant que témoignages de l'évolution de notre propre parcours.Dans une première partie, nous travaillons à la construction d'un modèle ontologique hypothético-déductif, « l'être en tant qu'être », en tenant compte de la condition humaine dans son contexte spatio-temporel - « l'être dans le temps de l'être »- pour en comprendre le fonctionnement en termes d'enracinement, de besoin, de capacité, de désir, de dépassement… Nous représentons l'Être humain par un schéma métaphorique, appelé « structure-temple », comprenant sept éléments. Le socle de l'édifice symbolise sa filiation dans le contexte « anthropologique / culturel » de la naissance, actuellement l'anthropocène (qui débute avec l'action transformative durable de l'action humaine sur la planète, essentiellement du fait des agissements techniques et industriels, Wallenhorst, 2019). La première colonne exprime la dimension « physique / biologique / énergétique » ; la deuxième, la part « émotionnelle / sensible » ; la troisième, le « mental / cognitif » ; la quatrième, le « groupal / social » et la cinquième, l' « axiologique / existentiel / (post-)métaphysique ». Enfin, le fronton est la coiffe « ouverture / ontologique » de l'ensemble, qui invite à une conclusion optimiste selon la maxime du temple grec de Delphes attribuée à Socrate : « Connais-toi toi-même et tu connaîtras l'univers et les dieux ».Nous procédons ensuite à une analyse de cette approche au travers de deux dimensions temporelles : la big history ou longue histoire cosmique depuis le big bang jusqu'à la création de notre planète et le développement de la biosphère ainsi que l'éphémère vie humaine durant laquelle chacun tentera d'accomplir son projet « implié » . Une troisième dimension intemporelle les complète : la vie de l'esprit . Nous observons la dynamique évolutive de la structure-temple grâce à la complémentarité qu'elle opère avec les logiques du tiers inclus et du « Tiers Caché », ainsi que son caractère non-réductionniste. Ce modèle est fractal par son caractère intra-reproductible et holographique car multicouche. Il construit un système d'équilibre « cosmoderne » témoignant de la séparation épistémologique historique entre le monde des sujets et celui des objets qu'il réunit par la théorie de la « Transréalité » . Il propose in fine de dépasser cette dichotomie apparente en adoptant une approche non-duelle destinée à être opérante au moyen de la « démarche de projet » .La deuxième partie du travail contextualise la métaphore de la structure-temple dans le domaine de l'éducation et de la formation. À partir d'une démarche en réciprocité harmonieuse d'un triple développement, opéré sur les plans personnel, professionnel et collectif, émerge une proposition de « Pédagogie Intégrative et Implicative » (P2i). Elle procède d'un cadre théorique intégratif et aboutit à un dispositif implicatif ancré dans la longue histoire de l'Éducation Nouvelle dont Philippe Meirieu décèle « les prémices dès le XVIIIème siècle » . Par l'actualisation technicisée de la démarche de projet socioconstructiviste, la P2i cultive la considération efficiente des apprenants, des enseignants et des tiers (personnels, parents et autres partenaires), et ce, dans toutes leurs dimensions. Cette réflexion nécessite de discuter de l'évolution du rôle de l'enseignant dans l'acquisition des apprentissages fondamentaux de l'école primaire, depuis le « lire, écrire, compter » jusqu'au « respecter autrui », passant ainsi de la performance quantitative à la sensibilité qualitative. Il s'agit d'anticiper le passage d'un caractère « intégratif » des objets pédagogiques dans toutes leurs variétés à la dimension « intégrale » des sujets en formation. La métaphore de la structure-temple est alors déclinée comme un projet multidimensionnel. La recherche s'applique donc aussi bien au domaine des disciplines, des activités péri-, para- et extra-scolaires qu'aux questions transversales comme l'éco-citoyenneté, le pouvoir d'agir, le bonheur et le bien-être, la gestion des émotions, l'éducation positive…La P2i étudie les lieux, les moyens, les méthodes et les outils mis à disposition des institutions et des enseignants (débat philosophique, yoga ou encore méditation ) pour permettre une approche laïque autorisée de la spiritualité , qui s'intéresse à la vie de l'esprit. Tenant lieu de méthode d'analyse et de prospective, elle peut être mobilisée pour étudier toute question touchant aux Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation, depuis la laïcité ou l'évaluation jusqu'à l'open access ou le big data. La structure-temple et la P2i proposent conjointement un cadre théorique et pratique favorisant l'application de « stratégies de réussite éducatives » par l'instauration de cercles vertueux tout en développant notre part d'humanité. Par exemple des notions pédagogiques ou didactiques comme « la gestion de classe », « les apprentissages adaptés », « l'appui sur les personnalités », « les compétences des apprenants », « la dimension existentielle » etc. tous envisagés et pris en compte simultanément ou à tour de rôle multiplient les effets positifs de chacune de ces dimensions. Nous situant dans le courant de la slow education et des approches alternatives de/à l'éducation, une question, qui pourrait devenir « vive », se fait jour : faudrait-il nous orienter, par besoin ou par nécessité, vers un changement de paradigme éducatif ? Et si oui, vers lequel nous diriger ?La troisième partie présente un bilan de notre trajet de chercheur-praticien sous forme de retour réflexif, avec ses points forts et ses zones d'ombre : l'examen du lent « assèchement » professionnel et spirituel au fur et à mesure de la technicisation de nos recherches après notre nomination à l'Iufm de Paris en 1998 ; notre « revivifiance » grâce à l'action impliquée dans des équipes para-institutionnelles, prémices de l'aventure de cette note de synthèse ; les incompréhensions de nos pairs et les difficultés à partager et poursuivre administrativement et scientifiquement nos orientations de travail…Ce bilan est complété par un exposé des perspectives de recherche au sein de notre laboratoire sur la question des usages du numérique en éducation ; par des collaborations internationales avec le National Institute of Informatics (Tokyo, Japon) et le Centro de Tecnologia da Informação (Campinas, Sao Paolo, Brésil) sur le stress au travail ; par la continuité de nos travaux dans le contexte d'enseignement actuel (intégration dans les axes du GIS Rreefor-Espe) ; la poursuite de la mise à l'épreuve de la P2i dans la formation des enseignants ou encore l'approfondissement de la Culture de Paix. L'ampleur de l'engagement dans notre communauté de recherche et nos actions pour le rayonnement de la discipline des Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation s'apprécient notamment par des initiatives de coopération avec des instituts et des universités étrangères de formation des enseignants comme le National Pedagogical College (Cluj-Napoca, Roumanie), le Florida Grup Educatiu (Valencia, Espagne), la Moscow City University (Russie), l'Universidad Nacional de Educación (Chuquipata, Équateur) et l'École Normale de Chengdu (Chine) ; par la prise de responsabilités éditoriales dans des revues relevant de la section ; par l'organisation de rencontres scientifiques ; par la réponse à des demandes d'expertises nationales et internationales…En conclusion, il ressort que l'objectif de cette recherche est de participer à la compréhension de la question de la conscience et de son déploiement dans les activités humaines (sujet/objet/projet), et particulièrement en situation éducative, avec l'intention pour premier critère d'analyse.

Our motivation for writing this synthesis is the personal and collective trauma caused by a new wave of attacks in France in 2015 and their aftershocks in Belgium, Germany and Great Britain. These dramatic events have rekindled important professional and existential questions worth consideration. They encouraged thinking anew about the aims and functioning of the educational institutions in which we are involved.Our research question therefore starts from an appreciation of a contemporary humanity and state of the world that seem distant from what would have been hoped for amid immense modern technological advances, for instance massive access to information and to primary education . The working hypothesis is that the ontological dimension would certainly already be present in the educational curricula and the common core, but that it would be exercised unconsciously, even repressed, which would have the effect of slowing down the emergence of responsible individuals able to act positively toward themselves, others and the planet. The objective is therefore to try to better understand and support, in view of realizing this goal, the multi-referential process of our humanization, as long as, as the Renaissance humanist Erasmus once said: "We are not born human, but rather become human". The main theoretical frameworks and concepts that we mobilize to build this work and our proposals in Education and Training Sciences are based on three fields. First, Transdisciplinarity (complex thinking , systems of systems and consciousness ). Then, transpersonal psychology (on issues of freedom, responsibility and ethics). Finally, Digital Humanities, from technological artifacts and educational technologies , to technontology .In the form of insets, we will regularly report moments from our "life story", thus inserting us into the current of biographisation , as evidence of the evolution of our own journey.In the first part, we work on the construction of a hypothetico-deductive ontological model of Being, taking into account the human condition in its spatiotemporal context – Being as it unfolds in time and space – to understand how this model functions in terms of rooting, need, capacity, desire, surpassing etc. We represent man by a metaphorical schema, called "structure-temple", comprising seven parts. The pedestal of the building symbolizes its affiliation with the "anthropological / cultural" context of birth, currently the Anthropocene (which begins with the transformative action of sustainable human action on the planet, mainly because of its technical actions) (Wallenhorst, 2019). The first column expresses the "physical / biological / energy" dimension; the second, the "emotional / sensitive" part; the third, the "mental / cognitive"; the fourth, the "groupal / social"; and the fifth, the "axiological / existential / (post) metaphysical". The pediment is the "aperture / ontological" headdress of the ensemble, which invites an optimistic conclusion according to the maxim of the Greek temple of Delphi attributed to Socrates: "Know thyself and you will know the universe and the gods".We then analyse this approach through two temporal dimensions: the big history or long cosmic history from the big bang to the creation of our planet and the development of the biosphere, as well as the ephemeral human life during which each of us will try to accomplish an "involved project" . A third timeless dimension completes them: the life of the spirit. We observe the evolutionary dynamics of the temple-structure thanks to the complementarity that it achieves with the logic of the included third and the "Hidden Third", as well as its non-reductionist character. This model is fractal because it tends toward intra-infinity, and holographic because it is multilayered. It builds a system of "cosmodern" equilibrium, testifying to the historical epistemological separation between the world of subjects and that of the objects it brings together through the theory of "Transreality" . Ultimately, it proposes to surpass an apparent dichotomy by adopting a non-dual approach intended to be effective through the "project approach" .We thus develop a model that could be useful for an ontoformation . The action links updated in the temple-structure by the exercise of the thirds (included and hidden) can be mobilized in the "essence" of the teacher's practice. The teacher must be able to evaluate his or her professional "situated action", which we would evaluate in the context of time (Pedestal and Columns) and in the "vertical" dimension of the whole structure (From Pedestal to Pediment). This approach would shift the quasi-unidirectional binary master-student relationship in the exclusive application of the programs to a dynamic sensitive process of a ternary relationship through the mobilization of the structure-temple tool, for evaluative and then truly educational purposes, as much for the position of the master as for that of the pupil. This holistic approach integrates educational proposals that can be grouped under the terms self-training and self-co-training: "Training here refers to the vital and permanent process of shaping by interaction between oneself (self), others (socio, hetero, co) and the world (eco). Self-training is then defined as the awareness, understanding and transformation by the subject of this interaction. It is the transformation of the relationship with oneself, with others and with the world" .We therefore seek to examine, through the model of the temple-structure in an educational situation, whether the poles and various elements are invested in a correctness (the right ingredient, at the right time, in an adequate quantity) that avoids imbalances, for example disturbances of other moments of life dedicated to transmission and learning and, more broadly, life outside educational spaces. To deepen this question, we will explore the model in other contexts of learning and other educational situations, such as knowledge and disciplines, practices and pedagogies, educational technologies etc.The second part of the work contextualizes the temple-structure metaphor in the field of education and training. From a harmonious reciprocal approach of a triple development, operated on personal, professional and collective levels, emerges a proposal of "Integrative and Implicative Pedagogy" (P2i). It is anchored in the long history of New Education born in the early twentieth century. Through the technicalized updating of the socioconstructivist project approach, the P2i cultivates the efficient consideration of learners, teachers and third parts (staff, parents and other partners) in all their dimensions. This reflection requires discussing the evolution of the role of the teacher in the acquisition of the fundamental learning of primary school, from "read, write, count" to "respect others", thus passing from quantitative performance to qualitative subtlety. It is a question of anticipating the passage from an "integrative" character of educational objects in all their varieties, to the "integral" dimension of the subjects in formation. The temple-structure metaphor is then presented as a multidimensional project. The research therefore applies to the field of disciplines, peri-, para- and extra-curricular activities as well as cross-cutting issues such as eco-citizenship, empowerment, happiness and well-being, emotion management, positive education etc.The P2i studies the places, the means, the methods and the tools made available to institutions and teachers (philosophical debate, yoga or laical meditation ) to allow a secular approach allowed of spirituality , which is interested in the "life of the mind". As a method of analysis and foresight, it can be mobilized to study any question related to the Sciences of Education and Training, from secularism or evaluation to open access or big data. The temple-structure and the P2i jointly propose a theoretical and practical framework favoring the application of educational "strategies of success" by the establishment of "virtuous circles" while developing our "part of humanity". For example: "class management" x "adapted learning" x "support for personalities" x "learners' skills" x "existential dimension" and so on, situating ourselves in the current of slow education and alternatives approaches to / from education. Then a question emerges: should we be guided, by need or necessity, towards a paradigm shift in education? And if so, what should we strive for?The most important aspect would ultimately be an ability to lead multi-referential lives that are connected with each other, with educational partners, with institutions, in relation to knowledge. Examples abound, especially in the field of active pedagogies. In the manner of design thinking, which manages innovation by synthesising analytical thought and intuitive thought as it mobilizes processes of co-creativity that will involve end-users, or like the operating rules stemming from sociocracy and holacracy (as decision with zero objection, election without self-declared candidates, revocability of mandates). Such examples are an extension of work that emphasizes the spiritual dimension – the opposite of routine. It is therefore essential in teacher training not to develop only professional skills, but rather to promote the development of full-fledged human beings. As if reconciling a posture of legitimacy of the teacher with that of a permission of the student. Without force or manipulation. By focusing on the "educational flow" to better enter in the learning of "content stocks". By putting more freedom in learning while maintaining ethics. With freedom of conscience in the face of ideological approaches between normality and (relative) deviance, between independence and the need for connection. By passing from the class group to the subject group. The learner becomes an actor with the acquisition of autonomy. And when the learner realizes this, it is the beginning of emancipation, which can cause shocks. Because this dynamic in progress can also create resistance, as much for the actors concerned as for the institutions. Because we must first accept the discomfort of these new situations. Accompaniment, integration and inventiveness are practices that facilitate these processes of creation, which must each time be new, in order to prevent falling back into reproducing pre-established models.The third part presents an assessment of our journey as a researcher-practitioner in the form of a reflexive return, with its strong points and its gray areas: the examination of the slow professional and spiritual "drying up" as the technicization of our research after our appointment at the Paris IUFM in 1998; our "revivification" thanks to the action involved in non-institutional teams, the first fruits of the adventure described by the present overview; the misunderstandings of our peers and the difficulties in sharing and pursuing administratively and scientifically our work orientations.This report is completed by a presentation of the research perspectives with our laboratory on the question of the uses of digital education; international collaborations with the National Institute of Informatics (NII) in Japan and the Centro de Tecnologia da Informação (CTI) in Brazil on stress at work; by the continuity of our work in the context of current teaching (integration in the axes of GIS Rreefor-Espe); the continued testing of P2i in teacher training or the deepening of the Culture of Peace. The extent of the engagement in our research community and our actions for the promotion of the discipline of the Sciences of Education and Training are particularly notable in relation to cooperation initiatives with foreign universities for teacher training in Romania (Cluj-Napoca), Spain (Valencia), Russia (Moscow), Ecuador (Chuquipata) and China (Chengdu), through the endorsement of editorial responsibilities as a reviewer, through the organization of scientific meetings, by answering requests for expert opinions…In conclusion, in the era of the Anthropocene, which is characterized by societal and lethal environmental risks for the human species, questioning what constitutes society is now absolutely necessary. Starting from our specialty, education, this problem is tackled by the study of conditions and modalities, a strategy that allows surpassing a mere "doing together" to a true "living together". At the heart of the areas to explore further are secularism and the relationship with religion . As the pedagogue Philippe Meirieu has noted: "'Believing' divides while 'knowing' brings together" . Experience facilitates passing from the first verb to the second. Massification and longer study times seem to go hand in hand with the standardization of training courses. The latter would then risk rejecting the otherness of those who follow them and tend to format them, which would be the opposite of the search for creative solutions that society needs. Finding interest and constructing the "common points" that respect diversity, based on real benevolence, with co-constructed rules, would be a pragmatic solution to consider. Fundamental principles may include but are not limited to: citizenship, partnership, democracy, team and collaborative learning, acceptance of different ideas, small group work, and extended teacher roles beyond traditional disciplines.The apparently intuitive point of convergence between these principles can be seen by taking into account our "common point of humanity" in all its various expressions. And this common point could in turn be guided by a call for a transcendence of each individual "little person", in a transcendence that is necessarily collective. If it were a matter of something informal and unspoken, all would benefit from having it brought to consciousness. Should it not then become a subject of discussion between the stakeholders, in order to encourage more and more the expression of this common point of humanity, so that everyone finds nourishment as needed, while maintaining the broadest possible respect for others and the world? In the tradition of Metagogy Theorem , we would approach a meta-science of education: a scientific and transversal model supported by an integral pedagogical paradigm that would provide a necessary and sufficient space for the ontological and spiritual dimensions.The objective of this research is to participate in the understanding of the question of consciousness and its deployment in human activities (subject / object / project), particularly in educational situations, with intention as the first criterion of analysis. ; Notre motivation à entrer dans l'écriture de cette note de synthèse trouve sa source à la suite du séisme traumatisant personnel et collectif provoqué par une nouvelle vague d'attentats en France en 2015 et par leurs répliques en Belgique, en Allemagne et en Grande-Bretagne. Ces événements dramatiques ont ravivé chez nous des questionnements professionnels et existentiels jusque-là mis de côté faute de lieu et de moment institutionnel dédié pour réfléchir aux finalités et aux fonctionnements des instances éducatives dont nous sommes partie prenante.Notre question de recherche part donc de l'appréciation d'une humanité et d'un état du monde contemporains qui semblent loin d'être à la hauteur qu'auraient laissé espérer les immenses avancées technologiques modernes, parmi lesquelles l'accès à l'information, conjuguées à une éducation primaire dispensée à très grande échelle sur la planète .Une hypothèse est que si la dimension ontologique est d'une certaine façon déjà présente dans les programmes scolaires et dans le socle commun de connaissances, de compétences et de culture de l'école et du collège notamment au travers des humanités et des compétences relationnelles et psycho-sociales, elle s'y exercerait toutefois de façon non ou insuffisamment conscientisée, ce qui amoindrirait ses effets positifs. Cet état de fait, attaché à une sorte de refoulement, aurait pour effet de ralentir la capacité de formation et d'émergence d'une personne qui soit responsable et qui agisse de manière positive envers elle-même, envers les autres et envers la planète. L'objectif poursuivi est donc de chercher à mieux comprendre et à accompagner vers ce but le processus multi-référentiel de notre humanisation au travers de l'éducation, pour autant que, comme l'affirmait déjà Érasme à la Renaissance : « On ne naît pas homme, on le devient ». Les principaux cadres théoriques et les concepts que nous mobilisons pour construire ce travail et nos propositions en Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation s'appuient sur trois domaines. D'abord la Transdisciplinarité , avec la pensée complexe , la théorie des systèmes et la question de la conscience . Ensuite la Psychologie Transpersonnelle , sur les questions de liberté, de responsabilité et d'éthique. Enfin les Humanités Numériques, depuis les artefacts technologiques et les technologies éducatives jusqu'à la technontologie (technique plus ontologie).Sous forme d'encarts, nous relaterons régulièrement des moments issus de notre « histoire de vie », nous insérant ainsi dans le courant de la biographisation , en tant que témoignages de l'évolution de notre propre parcours.Dans une première partie, nous travaillons à la construction d'un modèle ontologique hypothético-déductif, « l'être en tant qu'être », en tenant compte de la condition humaine dans son contexte spatio-temporel - « l'être dans le temps de l'être »- pour en comprendre le fonctionnement en termes d'enracinement, de besoin, de capacité, de désir, de dépassement… Nous représentons l'Être humain par un schéma métaphorique, appelé « structure-temple », comprenant sept éléments. Le socle de l'édifice symbolise sa filiation dans le contexte « anthropologique / culturel » de la naissance, actuellement l'anthropocène (qui débute avec l'action transformative durable de l'action humaine sur la planète, essentiellement du fait des agissements techniques et industriels, Wallenhorst, 2019). La première colonne exprime la dimension « physique / biologique / énergétique » ; la deuxième, la part « émotionnelle / sensible » ; la troisième, le « mental / cognitif » ; la quatrième, le « groupal / social » et la cinquième, l' « axiologique / existentiel / (post-)métaphysique ». Enfin, le fronton est la coiffe « ouverture / ontologique » de l'ensemble, qui invite à une conclusion optimiste selon la maxime du temple grec de Delphes attribuée à Socrate : « Connais-toi toi-même et tu connaîtras l'univers et les dieux ».Nous procédons ensuite à une analyse de cette approche au travers de deux dimensions temporelles : la big history ou longue histoire cosmique depuis le big bang jusqu'à la création de notre planète et le développement de la biosphère ainsi que l'éphémère vie humaine durant laquelle chacun tentera d'accomplir son projet « implié » . Une troisième dimension intemporelle les complète : la vie de l'esprit . Nous observons la dynamique évolutive de la structure-temple grâce à la complémentarité qu'elle opère avec les logiques du tiers inclus et du « Tiers Caché », ainsi que son caractère non-réductionniste. Ce modèle est fractal par son caractère intra-reproductible et holographique car multicouche. Il construit un système d'équilibre « cosmoderne » témoignant de la séparation épistémologique historique entre le monde des sujets et celui des objets qu'il réunit par la théorie de la « Transréalité » . Il propose in fine de dépasser cette dichotomie apparente en adoptant une approche non-duelle destinée à être opérante au moyen de la « démarche de projet » .La deuxième partie du travail contextualise la métaphore de la structure-temple dans le domaine de l'éducation et de la formation. À partir d'une démarche en réciprocité harmonieuse d'un triple développement, opéré sur les plans personnel, professionnel et collectif, émerge une proposition de « Pédagogie Intégrative et Implicative » (P2i). Elle procède d'un cadre théorique intégratif et aboutit à un dispositif implicatif ancré dans la longue histoire de l'Éducation Nouvelle dont Philippe Meirieu décèle « les prémices dès le XVIIIème siècle » . Par l'actualisation technicisée de la démarche de projet socioconstructiviste, la P2i cultive la considération efficiente des apprenants, des enseignants et des tiers (personnels, parents et autres partenaires), et ce, dans toutes leurs dimensions. Cette réflexion nécessite de discuter de l'évolution du rôle de l'enseignant dans l'acquisition des apprentissages fondamentaux de l'école primaire, depuis le « lire, écrire, compter » jusqu'au « respecter autrui », passant ainsi de la performance quantitative à la sensibilité qualitative. Il s'agit d'anticiper le passage d'un caractère « intégratif » des objets pédagogiques dans toutes leurs variétés à la dimension « intégrale » des sujets en formation. La métaphore de la structure-temple est alors déclinée comme un projet multidimensionnel. La recherche s'applique donc aussi bien au domaine des disciplines, des activités péri-, para- et extra-scolaires qu'aux questions transversales comme l'éco-citoyenneté, le pouvoir d'agir, le bonheur et le bien-être, la gestion des émotions, l'éducation positive…La P2i étudie les lieux, les moyens, les méthodes et les outils mis à disposition des institutions et des enseignants (débat philosophique, yoga ou encore méditation ) pour permettre une approche laïque autorisée de la spiritualité , qui s'intéresse à la vie de l'esprit. Tenant lieu de méthode d'analyse et de prospective, elle peut être mobilisée pour étudier toute question touchant aux Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation, depuis la laïcité ou l'évaluation jusqu'à l'open access ou le big data. La structure-temple et la P2i proposent conjointement un cadre théorique et pratique favorisant l'application de « stratégies de réussite éducatives » par l'instauration de cercles vertueux tout en développant notre part d'humanité. Par exemple des notions pédagogiques ou didactiques comme « la gestion de classe », « les apprentissages adaptés », « l'appui sur les personnalités », « les compétences des apprenants », « la dimension existentielle » etc. tous envisagés et pris en compte simultanément ou à tour de rôle multiplient les effets positifs de chacune de ces dimensions. Nous situant dans le courant de la slow education et des approches alternatives de/à l'éducation, une question, qui pourrait devenir « vive », se fait jour : faudrait-il nous orienter, par besoin ou par nécessité, vers un changement de paradigme éducatif ? Et si oui, vers lequel nous diriger ?La troisième partie présente un bilan de notre trajet de chercheur-praticien sous forme de retour réflexif, avec ses points forts et ses zones d'ombre : l'examen du lent « assèchement » professionnel et spirituel au fur et à mesure de la technicisation de nos recherches après notre nomination à l'Iufm de Paris en 1998 ; notre « revivifiance » grâce à l'action impliquée dans des équipes para-institutionnelles, prémices de l'aventure de cette note de synthèse ; les incompréhensions de nos pairs et les difficultés à partager et poursuivre administrativement et scientifiquement nos orientations de travail…Ce bilan est complété par un exposé des perspectives de recherche au sein de notre laboratoire sur la question des usages du numérique en éducation ; par des collaborations internationales avec le National Institute of Informatics (Tokyo, Japon) et le Centro de Tecnologia da Informação (Campinas, Sao Paolo, Brésil) sur le stress au travail ; par la continuité de nos travaux dans le contexte d'enseignement actuel (intégration dans les axes du GIS Rreefor-Espe) ; la poursuite de la mise à l'épreuve de la P2i dans la formation des enseignants ou encore l'approfondissement de la Culture de Paix. L'ampleur de l'engagement dans notre communauté de recherche et nos actions pour le rayonnement de la discipline des Sciences de l'Éducation et de la Formation s'apprécient notamment par des initiatives de coopération avec des instituts et des universités étrangères de formation des enseignants comme le National Pedagogical College (Cluj-Napoca, Roumanie), le Florida Grup Educatiu (Valencia, Espagne), la Moscow City University (Russie), l'Universidad Nacional de Educación (Chuquipata, Équateur) et l'École Normale de Chengdu (Chine) ; par la prise de responsabilités éditoriales dans des revues relevant de la section ; par l'organisation de rencontres scientifiques ; par la réponse à des demandes d'expertises nationales et internationales…En conclusion, il ressort que l'objectif de cette recherche est de participer à la compréhension de la question de la conscience et de son déploiement dans les activités humaines (sujet/objet/projet), et particulièrement en situation éducative, avec l'intention pour premier critère d'analyse.

Pädagogische Fachkräfte nutzen Social Media-Plattformen als professionelle Handlungsräume. Diese Nutzung umfasst die Grundformen pädagogischen Handelns, wie Arrangieren, Animieren und Informieren/Beraten. "Wenn ich als Pädagogikprofessor in einer Straßenbahn Eltern Ratschläge gebe, wie sie mit einem offensichtlich übermüdeten Kind umgehen sollen, dann handele ich vermutlich anmaßend, aber nicht professionell, denn die Tram ist nicht der Ort meiner Profession." (Giesecke 1997: 47) Wie sieht es aus, wenn die Orte pädagogischer Profession nun aber gezielt ausgedehnt werden, indem pädagogische Fachkräfte in Sozialen Onlinenetzwerken (SONW) pädagogisch agieren? SONW werden somit zu neuen pädagogischen Handlungsräumen. Der Beitrag zeigt anhand ausgewählter Fallbeispiele, wie SONW von pädagogischen Fachkräften der Offenen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit (OKJA) als pädagogische Handlungsräume genutzt werden. Noch nie zuvor haben so viele junge Menschen und Erwachsene das Internet täglich genutzt (mpfs 2017; Projektgruppe ARD/ZDF–Multimedia 2017). Angesichts dieser hohen Bedeutung stellt sich die Frage, inwiefern auch die Soziale Arbeit die Potenziale des Internets und besonders die Potenziale von SONW für sich nutzen kann. Eine Vorreiterrolle bezüglich der Nutzung von SONW als pädagogische Handlungsräume nehmen die pädagogischen Fachkräfte der OKJA ein (JFF 2011). Zunächst wird in diesem Beitrag anhand einiger Situationen aus der OKJA verdeutlicht, wie SONW als pädagogische Handlungsräume genutzt werden. Die verwendeten Beispiele entstammen qualitativen Interviews mit Fachkräften, die im Rahmen des Dissertationsprojekts der Autorin geführt wurden. Der anschließende Abschnitt beschäftigt sich mit der Frage nach der Wahrnehmung und Artikulation von SONW als pädagogische Handlungsräume durch die Fachkräfte. In einer Zusammenfassung werden die geschilderten Situationen hinsichtlich der Grundformen pädagogischen Handelns nach Giesecke kategorisiert. Der Artikel schließt mit einer Positionierung zu den Herausforderungen durch SONW und einem Ausblick. Exemplarische Situationen der Nutzung von SONW Im Folgenden werden ausgewählte Situationen der alltäglichen Nutzung von SONW und deren pädagogische Implikationen vorgestellt. Der erste Beispielkomplex zeigt dies am Beispiel der Postings von Jugendlichen. Dadurch, dass die Jugendarbeiterin Clara auf Facebook mit den Jugendlichen befreundet ist, erfährt sie von Beleidigungen und Streits und hat die Möglichkeit Einfluss zu nehmen: "Dann hab ich gemerkt, die fängt dann an mit der zu chatten und auf die Startseite: 'Und du bist so doof' und haste nicht gesehen [zu schreiben]. Und dann konnte ich natürlich im Vorfeld schon eingreifen. Und wenn sie dann kamen, dann hatte ich eine Information, die ich sonst nicht gehabt hätte und hab sie mir dann alle ins Büro geholt und hab das ganz offen angesprochen." Bei Streits zu intervenieren ist für die pädagogischen Fachkräfte in der OKJA alltägliche pädagogische Arbeit. In einem ersten Schritt wird die Situation beruhigt und in einem anschließenden Schritt mit den Beteiligten in einem pädagogischen Rahmen bearbeitet. Clara kann situativ entweder mittels Kommentar direkt in die Interaktion im SONW einsteigen oder zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt ein Gespräch in der Einrichtung forcieren. Sie bewertet es als sehr hilfreich, Dinge indirekt zu erfahren, da sich das o.g. Mädchen vielleicht nicht von sich aus an sie gewandt hätte. Clara erhält durch ihre Facebook-Freundschaft auch Informationen, die nicht explizit an sie adressiert wurden, somit obliegt es ihrer pädagogischen Kompetenz, sensibel mit diesen Informationen umzugehen und zu entscheiden, ob sie sie aktiv nutzt oder die Situation passiv beobachtet. Der Jugendarbeiter Felix hat ein Bild kommentiert, das zwei Mädchen gepostet hatten. Auf diesem Bild inszenieren sich die Mädchen auf Straßenbahnschienen sitzend. Felix schien es erforderlich dies zu hinterfragen: "'Okay, das ist nicht so ganz eindeutig, was wollt ihr mit diesem Foto sagen? Wollt ihr sagen, dass euch das Leben nicht mehr gefällt und ihr wartet darauf, dass die nächste Straßenbahn kommt und euch überfährt?'" Die Mädchen erfahren Selbstwirksamkeit, da der Jugendarbeiter auf das Foto reagiert. Durch das offene Thematisieren der Bildbotschaften werden sie zum Reflektieren ihres Handelns angehalten und somit Bildungsprozesse angeregt. Felix ist zudem sensibilisiert und kann zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt ggf. eine Beratungs- oder Informationssituation initiieren. Informationen, die Clara aus den Postings der Jugendlichen über diese erhält, nutzt sie, um in der Anschlusskommunikation ein Gefühl emotionaler Verbundenheit hervorzurufen: "Und wenn du dann zum Beispiel bei Facebook schon gesagt hast: 'Finde ich toll, du hast ein neues Kleid'. Dann kommen sie an: 'Mensch Clara, wirklich? Ist das ein schönes Kleid? Sag mal ehrlich.'" Die Jugendarbeiterin reagiert hier wertschätzend auf Dinge, die für die Jugendlichen aktuell von Belang sind und zwar im Einzelfall, aber ebenso auch bereits durch die Tatsache, dass sie sich auf die Kommunikationsweise der Jugendlichen einlässt. Sie erzeugt dadurch ein positives Klima und ruft ein Gefühl emotionaler Verbundenheit hervor. Clara selbst beschreibt dies als Intensivierung der Kontakte. Oder anders gesagt: Sie nutzt die SONW unterstützend, um die Beziehung zu den Jugendlichen kontinuierlich weiterzuentwickeln. Diese Grundlagen für den Aufbau einer vertrauensvollen Arbeitsbeziehung werden von der Jugendarbeiterin arrangiert. Im zweiten Beispielkomplex werden die pädagogischen Implikationen und Intentionen anhand der Postings der pädagogischen Fachkräfte vorgestellt. Felix verfolgt sowohl pädagogische als auch administrative Absichten, wenn er Aktionen der Einrichtung mittels Bildpostings in SONW dokumentiert. Die Postings haben zum einen den Zweck ein Zugehörigkeitsgefühl zur Einrichtung zu fördern, indem gemeinsame Erlebnisse positiv erinnert werden und die Jugendlichen animiert werden, diese Emotionen zu reflektieren und zu verbalisieren. "Also wenn ein schönes Foto natürlich da ist und dann die Reaktion drauf kommen würde: 'Ja, ich war dabei. Das war total geil.' Dann wäre damit schon sehr viel erreicht." Außerdem möchte Felix einen Dialog über diese spezifische Aktion unter den Jugendlichen anregen. Er eröffnet mit der Kommentarfunktion eine niedrigschwellige Möglichkeit und motiviert die Jugendlichen damit, sich zu artikulieren. En passant erhält er durch die Kommentare Feedback und kann weitere entsprechende Angebote arrangieren. Zugleich hat sowohl die Dokumentation als auch der Anschlussdialog der Jugendlichen Signalcharakter nach außen: Außenstehende erhalten einen Eindruck von Angeboten und Zielgruppe sowie einen Eindruck davon, wie die pädagogischen Fachkräfte arbeiten; Lebendigkeit und Offenheit wird signalisiert. Sowohl Clara als auch Felix nutzen die SONW, um alltägliche pädagogische Angebote oder besondere Erlebnisse zu arrangieren und initiieren. Einen Vorteil sehen sie vor allem darin, dass sie mittels Postings in kurzer Zeit eine große Zielgruppe, nämlich alle mit der Einrichtung verbundenen Jugendlichen, erreichen können. Deutlich wird dies in Felix' Einrichtung, in der täglich das aktuelle pädagogische Angebot gepostet wird. Dadurch erreicht er auch eine Zielgruppe, die sonst nicht die Einrichtung besucht, sondern lediglich punktuell zu Außenveranstaltungen kommt. "Wie zum Beispiel jetzt im Sommer, wenn wir irgendwo Baden fahren dann wird das gepostet." Das Werben für den Badeausflug mittels Postings in SONW ermöglicht den o.g. Jugendlichen einen Zugang zur Einrichtung bzw. zu dem pädagogischen Personal und die Teilnahme an den pädagogischen Aktionen. Felix kann dies wiederum nutzen, um mit den Jugendlichen in Kontakt zu treten und Vertrauen aufzubauen. Außerdem kann eine andere Umgebung einen guten Rahmen bieten, um Barrieren zwischen den unterschiedlichen Besucher_innengruppen abzubauen und neue gruppendynamische Prozesse anzustoßen. Clara hatte beispielsweise Karten für die Castings von X Factor und Supertalent und postete: "Ich hab Karten. Wer will […] mitkommen?" bzw. "Ich hab keine Karten mehr." Sie ermöglicht den Jugendlichen damit, etwas Besonderes, nicht Alltägliches, zu erleben und schafft Möglichkeiten für Bildungsprozesse. Das Arrangieren der Teilnahme an besonderen Erlebnissen und pädagogischen Angeboten impliziert dementsprechend auch pädagogisches Handeln und ist über ein massenmediales Werben hinausgehend. Das pädagogische Handeln in SONW und SONW als pädagogische Handlungsräume Die vorherigen Explikationen haben den pädagogischen Gehalt im Umgang mit beiderseitigen Postings aufgezeigt. In einigen Beispielen wurde direkt im SONW interveniert, womit deutlich wurde, wie dieses als zusätzlicher, pädagogischer Handlungsraum der OKJA genutzt wird. Weiterführend stellt sich nun aber die Frage, inwiefern die beiden pädagogischen Fachkräfte die SONW als pädagogische Handlungsräume wahrnehmen und in dieser Deutlichkeit als solche bezeichnen. Nach ihrem Begriffsverständnis befragt, definiert Clara pädagogisches Handeln als "alles Handeln, was du in Bezug auf Jugendliche erzieherisch ausübst". Als Beispiel benennt sie das Eingehen auf Konflikte auf Basis von pädagogischen und entwicklungspsychologischen Fachkenntnissen, also "zu wissen, was damit gemeint sein kann und das dann eben ansprechen". Dabei verwendet sie einen aufrüttelnd-provokanten Sprachstil, sog. Modulationen (vgl. Cloos et al. 2009), um den Jugendlichen ihr Verhalten und dessen Konsequenzen bewusst zu machen. Für Clara findet sich diese Art pädagogischen Handelns fraglos auch in den SONW wieder. Sie verdeutlicht dies am weiteren Beispiel eines männlichen Jugendlichen, der sich in Bodybuilder-Pose fotografiert hat: "Und ich sage, 'Meine Güte, jetzt machste aber einen auf Muskelprotz!' und mach das mit so'nem Smiley hinten dran, so dass der eigentlich weiß, was ich damit meine." Auch hier verwendet sie Modulationen, um den Jugendlichen zur Reflexion seines Verhaltens anzuregen und ihm die Wirkungen des geposteten Bildes vor Augen zu führen. Zusätzlich hätte Clara die Möglichkeit die Interaktion auf Facebook für spätere Anschlusskommunikation innerhalb der Einrichtung zu verwenden. Auffällig an Claras Verständnis von pädagogischem Handeln ist vor allem, dass sie den Fokus im Schwerpunkt auf konflikthafte oder problematische Situationen richtet. Pädagogisches Handeln umfasst für sie somit korrigierendes Handeln. Darin unterscheidet sich ihre Definition von der Gieseckes. Dieser definiert pädagogisches Handeln als positive Beeinflussung des Menschen hin zu einer mündigen Persönlichkeit, indem man Gelegenheiten zu Bildungsprozessen bietet (vgl. 1997: 22ff.). Felix definiert pädagogisches Handeln als das Arrangieren von Workshops, das Animieren oder das Vermitteln von Toleranz in der Gruppe. Damit bezieht er sich allerdings lediglich auf die Face-to-Face-Arbeit innerhalb der Einrichtung, denn Felix bezweifelt, dass pädagogisches Handeln auf SONW übertragen werden kann: "Und bezogen auf Netzwerke lässt sich wirklich die Frage stellen, ist das eine Form von pädagogischem Handeln wenn ich das veröffentliche, die Angebote? Weil das ist ja wirklich eigentlich nur Öffentlichkeitsarbeit, Informationsarbeit". Obwohl er also durchaus in SONW pädagogisch agiert, reflektiert und artikuliert er dies nicht dementsprechend. Für ihn sind SONW weniger zusätzliche pädagogische Handlungsräume als vielmehr Werkzeuge, die administrative Aufgaben erleichtern. Auch Giesecke grenzt den Informationsoutput von Massenmedien von pädagogischem Handeln ab und hält fest, dieses finde immer von Angesicht zu Angesicht statt. Lediglich in den ggf. daran anschließend hergestellten, interaktiven Situationen könne pädagogisch gehandelt werden (1997: 47f.). Wie die Explikationen aber deutlich gemacht haben, ist dies auf Grund der Interaktivität von SONW heute keine grundlegende Bedingung für pädagogisches Handeln mehr. Felix nutz zwar in der Handlungspraxis diese Interaktivität, in der Reflexion und Artikulation spielt die Interaktivität jedoch keine Rolle. Anhand der beiden Fallbeispiele wird deutlich, dass die Reflexion pädagogischer Implikationen in der Nutzung von SONW nicht unbedingt die Praxis abbildet. Laut Giesecke ist der Gegenpol zum Handeln stets die Reflexion (1997: 45). Sein Konzept der Grundformen pädagogischen Handelns sieht er als Instrument, das Handeln zu reflektieren (1997: 17). Diese Grundformen (1997: 76ff.)1 dienen nun als Struktur, um das pädagogische Handeln der Explikationen reflektierend zu verdeutlichen. Arrangieren (1): Indem die pädagogischen Fachkräfte die vielfältigen Kommunikationskanäle von SONW nutzen, arrangieren sie die Voraussetzungen für vertrauensvolle Arbeitsbeziehungen oder arrangieren Situationen, die Bildungsprozesse ermöglichen. Animieren: Die pädagogischen Fachkräfte animieren die Jugendlichen zur Teilnahme an pädagogischen Arrangements wie Ausflügen und weiteren pädagogischen Situationen. Ebenso animieren sie die Jugendlichen sich in SONW zu artikulieren. Informieren/Beraten: Das Informieren und Beraten kann sich einerseits in den SONW abspielen, andererseits aber auch lediglich inhaltlich auf die SONW bezogen sein und offline/face-to-face stattfinden. Beide pädagogische Fachkräfte merken an, dass aus ihrer Sicht ein Face-to-Face-Gespräch aufgrund der Kanalreduktion nicht durch Nachrichten über SONW zu ersetzen und es daher wichtig sei, stets "zweigleisig" (Clara) zu arbeiten. Im Folgenden werden Herausforderungen und Reflexionsbedarfe, die sich aus den obigen Beispielen ergeben, erörtert. Herausforderungen und Ausblick SONW sind keine Jugendräume. Firmen sind dort ebenso präsent wie Erwachsene, die dort beruflich und privat netzwerken. Dementsprechend ist die Frage, ob sich pädagogische Fachkräfte in SONW aufhalten sollten, hinfällig (vgl. Stix 2014). Wichtiger ist es, einen Umgang miteinander zu entwickeln, der weder den pädagogischen Fachkräften noch den Jugendlichen zum Nachteil wird. Um die Jugendlichen zu erreichen, nutzen die pädagogischen Fachkräfte die bei jungen Menschen angesagten SONW-Angebote. Diese sind in der Regel kommerziell und wenig transparent oder reguliert, was den Umgang mit Nutzer_innendaten betrifft. Dies erfordert aus pädagogischer Sicht das Prüfen und Abwägen von Vor- und Nachteilen. Dementsprechend kann es nicht nur aufgrund der Kanalreduktion wichtig sein, ein Gespräch über ein sensibles Thema face-to-face zu führen und dies den Jugendlichen zu vermitteln. Ein reflektierter und sensibler Umgang mit Daten gilt auch für die Dokumentation von Aktionen, wie Felix ihn schildert. Beim Posten von Bildern muss er das Persönlichkeitsrecht der Jugendlichen beachten und prüfen, ob und ggf. welche Informationen möglicherweise unbeabsichtigt preisgegeben werden. Des Weiteren stellt sich die ethische Frage, inwiefern sich pädagogische Fachkräfte Informationen aktiv aus SONW besorgen und nutzen dürfen (vgl. Kutscher 2015). Eine weitere Herausforderung ergibt sich aus der Frage, ob nicht Jugendliche, die keinen Zugang zu SONW haben, ausgegrenzt oder benachteiligt werden. Dies zu reflektieren ist eine Aufgabe pädagogischer Professionalität. Die Nutzung von SONW birgt pädagogische Chancen. Zugleich ergeben sich daraus auch neue Verantwortungsdimensionen für das professionelle Handeln pädagogischer Fachkräfte. Das Handeln in SONW muss hinsichtlich möglicher negativer Konsequenzen für die Jugendlichen reflektiert werden. Die Entwicklung einer eigenen (medien-) pädagogischen Haltung sowie eine Rahmung durch Träger und kollegialer Austausch können dabei helfen. Pädagogisch professionell zu sein bedeutet auch, die Trends der jungen Menschen zu kennen und pädagogisch darauf zu reagieren. Im Falle von Social Media bewegt sich die Masse seit 2015 zu Angeboten wie WhatsApp und Instagram (mpfs 2016: 32f.). Es bleibt spannend, ob sich auch WhatsApp mit seinen anderen Strukturen mittelfristig als pädagogischer Handlungsraum etablieren und wie das pädagogische Handeln dort konkret aussehen wird – und welche Konflikte dies zu fachlichen Logiken und Standards mit sich bringt (vgl. Deutscher Bundestag 2013, S. 394), die zu reflektieren und in die Gestaltung pädagogischen Handelns einzubeziehen sind. (1) Ausgenommen das Unterrichten, von Giesecke verstanden als das Erklären von relativ komplexen Sachzusammenhängen in einem längeren Argumentationsprozess (1997: 79). ; Pedagogical professionals use social media platforms as professional spaces for action. This use includes the basic forms of pedagogical action, such as arranging, animating and informing/advising. "If I, as a professor of education, give advice to parents in a tram on how to deal with an obviously overtired child, then I am probably acting presumptuously, but not professionally, because the tram is not the place of my profession." (Giesecke 1997: 47) But how does it look when the places of pedagogical profession are now deliberately extended by pedagogical professionals acting pedagogically in online social networks (SONW)? SONW thus become new spaces for pedagogical action. The article uses selected case studies to show how SONW are used as pedagogical spaces of action by pedagogical professionals in open child and youth work (OKJA). Never before have so many young people and adults used the internet on a daily basis (mpfs 2017; Projektgruppe ARD/ZDF-Multimedia 2017). In view of this high importance, the question arises to what extent social work can also use the potentials of the internet and especially the potentials of SONW for itself. A pioneering role with regard to the use of SONW as pedagogical spaces for action is played by the pedagogical professionals of OKJA (JFF 2011). First of all, this article will illustrate how SONW are used as pedagogical spaces of action by means of some situations from OKJA. The examples used are taken from qualitative interviews with professionals conducted as part of the author's dissertation project. The following section deals with the question of how professionals perceive and articulate SONW as pedagogical spaces for action. In a summary, the situations described are categorised with regard to the basic forms of pedagogical action according to Giesecke. The article concludes with a position on the challenges posed by SONW and an outlook. Exemplary situations of SONW useIn the following, selected situations of everyday SONW use and their pedagogical implications are presented. The first set of examples shows this with the example of postings by young people. Because the youth worker Clara is friends with the young people on Facebook, she learns about insults and arguments and has the opportunity to influence them: "Then I noticed that she starts chatting with them and writes on the homepage: 'And you are so stupid' and hasn't seen it [to write]. And then of course I could intervene in advance. And then when they came, then I had information that I wouldn't have had otherwise and then I got them all into the office and addressed it quite openly." Intervening in disputes is everyday pedagogical work for the educational professionals in OKJA. In a first step, the situation is calmed down and then dealt with in a pedagogical framework with the parties involved. Clara can either directly enter into the interaction in the SONW by means of comments or force a conversation in the facility at a later time. She finds it very helpful to learn things indirectly, as the girl mentioned above might not have approached her on her own. Through her Facebook friendship, Clara also receives information that was not explicitly addressed to her, so it is up to her pedagogical competence to deal sensitively with this information and to decide whether she uses it actively or observes the situation passively. The youth worker Felix commented on a picture that two girls had posted. In this picture, the girls are staging themselves sitting on tram tracks. Felix seemed to need to question this: ''Okay, that's not so clear, what are you trying to say with this photo? Are you saying you don't like life anymore and you're waiting for the next tram to come and run you over?'" The girls experience self-efficacy as the youth worker responds to the photo. By openly thematising the picture messages, they are encouraged to reflect on their actions and thus educational processes are stimulated. Felix is also sensitised and can initiate a counselling or information situation at a later stage if necessary. Clara uses information that she receives about the young people from their postings to evoke a feeling of emotional connection in the follow-up communication: "And if, for example, you have already said on Facebook: 'I think it's great, you have a new dress'. Then they arrive: 'Gee Clara, really? Is that a nice dress? Tell me honestly.'" Here, the youth worker responds appreciatively to things that are of current concern to the young people, in individual cases, but also by the very fact that she engages with the young people's way of communicating. She thus creates a positive climate and evokes a feeling of emotional connection. Clara herself describes this as an intensification of contacts. Or in other words, she uses the SONW in a supportive way to continuously develop the relationship with the young people. These foundations for building a trusting working relationship are arranged by the youth worker. In the second set of examples, the pedagogical implications and intentions are presented based on the postings of the pedagogical professionals. Felix pursues both pedagogical and administrative intentions when he documents actions of the institution by means of picture postings in SONW. On the one hand, the postings have the purpose of promoting a sense of belonging to the institution by positively remembering shared experiences and encouraging the young people to reflect on and verbalise these emotions. "So if a nice photo is there, of course, and then the reaction to it would be: 'Yes, I was there. That was totally cool. Then that would already achieve a lot." Felix also wants to stimulate a dialogue about this specific action among the young people. With the comment function, he opens up a low-threshold possibility and thus motivates the young people to articulate themselves. En passant, he receives feedback through the comments and can arrange further corresponding offers. At the same time, both the documentation and the follow-up dialogue of the young people have a signal character to the outside: outsiders get an impression of the offers and the target group as well as an impression of how the educational professionals work; liveliness and openness are signalled. Both Clara and Felix use the SONW to arrange and initiate everyday educational offers or special experiences. They see an advantage above all in the fact that they can reach a large target group, namely all the young people associated with the institution, in a short time by means of postings. This becomes clear in Felix's facility, where the current educational offer is posted daily. In this way, he also reaches a target group that otherwise does not visit the facility, but only comes to outside events selectively. "Like now, for example, in the summer, when we go swimming somewhere then it is posted." Advertising the swimming trip by means of postings in SONW enables the above-mentioned young people to gain access to the facility or to the educational staff and to participate in the educational activities. Felix can in turn use this to get in touch with the young people and build trust. In addition, a different environment can provide a good framework to break down barriers between the different groups of visitors and to initiate new group dynamic processes. For example, Clara had tickets for the X Factor and Supertalent auditions and posted: "I got tickets. Who wants to come [.]?" or "I don't have tickets anymore." It thus enables young people to experience something special, not ordinary, and creates opportunities for educational processes. Arranging participation in special experiences and educational offers accordingly implies pedagogical action and goes beyond mass media advertising. The pedagogical action in SONW and SONW as pedagogical action spacesThe previous explications have shown the pedagogical content in dealing with mutual postings. In some examples, interventions were made directly in the SONW, making it clear how this is used as an additional, pedagogical space for action by the OKJA. However, the question now arises as to what extent the two pedagogical professionals perceive the SONW as a pedagogical space for action and describe it as such. When asked about her understanding of the term, Clara defines pedagogical action as "all actions that you carry out educationally in relation to young people". As an example, she mentions addressing conflicts on the basis of pedagogical and developmental psychological expertise, i.e. "knowing what can be meant by this and then addressing it". In doing so, she uses an evocative-provocative style of language, so-called modulations (cf. Cloos et al. 2009), to make the young people aware of their behaviour and its consequences. For Clara, this kind of pedagogical action is unquestionably also found in the SONW. She illustrates this with another example of a male adolescent who has photographed himself in a bodybuilder's pose: "And I say, 'My goodness, now you're being a muscleman!' and do it with a smiley face on the back, so that he actually knows what I mean." Again, she uses modulations to encourage the young person to reflect on their behaviour and to make them aware of the effects of the posted image. In addition, Clara would have the opportunity to use the interaction on Facebook for later follow-up communication within the institution. What is striking about Clara's understanding of pedagogical action is that she focuses on conflictual or problematic situations. For her, pedagogical action thus includes corrective action. In this, her definition differs from that of Giesecke. The latter defines pedagogical action as positively influencing people towards a mature personality by providing opportunities for educational processes (cf. 1997: 22ff.). Felix defines pedagogical action as arranging workshops, animating or teaching tolerance in the group. However, he only refers to face-to-face work within the institution, because Felix doubts that pedagogical action can be transferred to SONW: "And in relation to networks, the question can really be asked, is this a form of pedagogical action when I publish the offers? Because that is really only public relations work, information work. Although he does act pedagogically in SONW, he does not reflect and articulate this accordingly. For him, SONW are less additional pedagogical spaces for action than tools that facilitate administrative tasks. Giesecke also distinguishes the information output of mass media from pedagogical action and states that this always takes place face to face. Pedagogical action can only take place in the interactive situations that may subsequently be created (1997: 47f.). However, as the explications have made clear, this is no longer a fundamental condition for pedagogical action due to the interactivity of SONW today. Felix does use this interactivity in the practice of action, but interactivity does not play a role in reflection and articulation. Based on the two case studies, it becomes clear that the reflection of pedagogical implications in the use of SONW does not necessarily reflect practice. According to Giesecke, the antithesis of action is always reflection (1997: 45). He sees his concept of basic forms of pedagogical action as an instrument to reflect action (1997: 17). These basic forms (1997: 76ff.)1 now serve as a structure to reflectively clarify the pedagogical action of the explications. Arranging (1): By using SONW's multiple channels of communication, the pedagogical professionals arrange the conditions for trusting working relationships or arrange situations that make educational processes possible. Animate: The educational professionals encourage the young people to participate in educational arrangements such as excursions and other educational situations. They also encourage the young people to articulate themselves in SONW. Informing/advising: On the one hand, information and counselling can take place in the SONW, but on the other hand, it can also be related to the content of the SONW and take place offline/face-to-face. Both pedagogical professionals note that from their point of view, a face-to-face conversation cannot be replaced by messages via SONW due to the reduction of channels and that it is therefore important to always work "on two tracks" (Clara). Challenges and needs for reflection arising from the above examples are discussed below. Challenges and outlookSONW are not youth spaces. Companies are present there as well as adults who network there professionally and privately. Accordingly, the question of whether educational professionals should be in SONW is moot (cf. Stix 2014). It is more important to develop a way of dealing with each other that is not detrimental to either the pedagogical professionals or the young people. In order to reach the young people, the educational professionals use the SONW offers that are popular among young people. These are usually commercial and not very transparent or regulated when it comes to handling user data. From a pedagogical point of view, this requires checking and weighing the advantages and disadvantages. Accordingly, it can be important to have a conversation about a sensitive topic face-to-face and to communicate this to the young people, not only because of the channel reduction. A reflective and sensitive handling of data also applies to the documentation of actions, as Felix describes. When posting pictures, he has to consider the young people's right to privacy and check whether and which information might be revealed unintentionally. Furthermore, the ethical question arises to what extent educational professionals may actively obtain and use information from SONW (cf. Kutscher 2015). Another challenge arises from the question of whether young people who do not have access to SONW are excluded or disadvantaged. Reflecting on this is a task of pedagogical professionalism. The use of SONW offers pedagogical opportunities. At the same time, it also gives rise to new dimensions of responsibility for the professional action of educational specialists. The actions in SONW must be reflected on with regard to possible negative consequences for the young people. The development of one's own (media) pedagogical attitude as well as framing by the responsible body and collegial exchange can help here. Being pedagogically professional also means being aware of young people's trends and reacting to them pedagogically. In the case of social media, the masses have been moving towards offers such as WhatsApp and Instagram since 2015 (mpfs 2016: 32f.). It remains exciting to see whether WhatsApp with its other structures will also establish itself as a pedagogical space of action in the medium term and what pedagogical action there will look like in concrete terms - and what conflicts this will entail with professional logics and standards (cf. Deutscher Bundestag 2013, p. 394), which need to be reflected and included in the design of pedagogical action. (1) Except for teaching, understood by Giesecke as explaining relatively complex factual contexts in a longer process of argumentation (1997: 79).

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Kamanuru-2 microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 274 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south –west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 88 per cent is covered by soils, 4 per cent water bodies, settlements and others and 7 per cent by rock lands. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 12 soil series and 20 soil phases (management units) and 4 land use classes.  The length of crop growing period is 150 cm) soils.  About 26 per cent area has clayey soils, 37 per cent loamy soils and 26 per cent sandy soils at the surface.  About 67 per cent of the area has non-gravelly (200 mm/m) in available water capacity.  About 66 per cent area has very gently sloping (1-3%) and 23 per cent area has gently sloping (3-5%) lands.  An area of about 26 per cent has soils that are slightly eroded (e1) and 63 per cent moderately eroded (e2) lands.  An area of about 21 per cent has soils that are slightly to moderately acid (pH 5.5- 6.5), 32 per cent soils are neutral (pH 6.5-7.3), 36 per cent are slightly to moderately alkaline (pH 7.3 to 8.4) and 1 per cent are strongly alkaline (pH 8.4-9.0).  The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the soils is 0.75%) in organic carbon.  Available phosphorus is medium (23-57 kg/ha) in about 70 per cent and high (>57 kg/ha) in 19 per cent area of the microwatershed.  About 69 per cent of the soils are medium (145-337 kg/ha) and 20 per cent of the soils are high (>337 kg/ha) in available potassium content.  Available sulphur is low (1.0 ppm) in about 4 per cent.  Available iron is sufficient (>4.5 ppm) in 52 per cent and deficient (0.6 ppm) in about 21 per cent area.  Available manganese and copper are sufficient in all the soils.  The land suitability for 28 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed were assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 82 (30) 58 (21) Pomegranate 82 (30) 96 (35) Maize 38 (14) 72 (26) Guava 80 (29) 72 (27) Bajra 84 (31) 69 (25) Jackfruit 82 (30) 71 (26) Red gram 82 (30) 53 (19) Jamun 42 (15) 135 (49) Bengalgram 25 (9) 115 (42) Musambi 82 (30) 96 (35) Groundnut 80 (29) 91 (33) Lime 82 (30) 96 (35) Sunflower 82 (30) 53 (19) Cashew 80 (29) 88 (32) Cotton 44 (16) 95 (35) Custard apple 84 (31) 158 (58) Chilli 84 (31) 26 (9) Amla 84 (31) 158 (58) Tomato 84 (31) 26 (9) Tamarind 42 (15) 91 (33) Drumstick 82 (30) 96 (35) Marigold 80 (29) 59 (22) Mulberry 82 (30) 155 (56) Chrysanthemum 80 (29) 59 (22) Mango 42 (15) 66 (24) Jasmine 80 (29) 34 (13) Sapota 82 (30) 71 (26) Crossandra 80 (29) 29 (11) Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan and drainage line treatment plan has been prepared for the 4 identified LUCs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops that helps in maintaining productivity and ecological balance in the microwatershed.  Maintaining soil-health is vital to crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE SURVEY  The data indicated that there were 73 (53.68%) men and 63 (46.32%) women among the sampled households. The average family size of landless farmers' was 4.6, marginal farmers' was 4.33, small farmers' was 4.25, semi medium farmers' was 5.13 and medium farmers' was 4.  The data indicated that, 23 (16.91%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 57 (41.91%) were in 16-35 years of age, 44 (32.35%) were in 36-60 years of age and 12 (8.82 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that Kamanuru-2 had 31.62 per cent illiterates, 25.74 per cent of them had primary school education, 8.09 per cent of them had middle school education, 22.06 per cent of them had high school education, 7.35 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.74 per cent of them did ITI, and 1.47 per cent of them had degree education.  The results indicate that, 60 per cent of households practicing agriculture, 26.67 per cent of the households were agricultural laborers and 13.33 per cent were general labourers.  The results indicate that agriculture was the major occupation for 38.97 per cent of the household members, 21.32 per cent were agricultural laborers, 9.56 per cent were general labour, 2.21 per cent had household industry, 5.15 per cent were in private, 16.91 per cent were students, 3.68 per cent were housewives and 2.21 per cent were children.  The results show that 100 per cent of the population in the micro watershed has not participated in any local institutions.  The results indicate that 10 per cent of the households possess thatched house, 63.33 per cent of the households possess Katcha house and 26.67 per cent of them possess pucca house.  The results show that 100 per cent of the households possess TV, 80 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 40 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 43.33 per cent of the households possess motor cycle, and 100 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results show that the average value of television was Rs.6333, mixer grinder was Rs.1666, bicycle was Rs. 1916, motor cycle was Rs.34384, auto was Rs.100000 and mobile phone was Rs.1435.  About 3.33 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 13.33 per cent of them possess plough, 36.67 per cent of them posses sprayer, 93.33 per cent of them possess weeder, and 13.33 per cent of them possess chaff cutter.  The results show that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.20000, plough was Rs.416, the average value of sprayer was Rs.2579, the average value of chaff cutter was Rs.2000, and the average value of weeder was Rs.63. 2  The results indicate that, 13.33 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 16.67 per cent of the households possess local cow, 3.33 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow, 3.23 per cent of the households possess buffalo and 3.33 per cent of them possess sheep.  The results indicate that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 1.84, average own labour (women) available was 1.36, average hired labour (men) available was 7.28 and average hired labour (women) available was 6.60.  The results indicate that, 83.33 per cent of the households opined that the hired labour was adequate.  16. The results indicate that, households of the Kamanuru-2 micro watershed possess 16.54 ha (46.93%) of dry land and 18.70 ha (53.07%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 3.63 ha (100%) of dry land. Small farmers possess 10.88 ha (92.76%) of dry land and 0.85 ha (7.24%) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 2.02 ha (15.91%) of dry land and 10.70 ha (84.09%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 7.15 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  The results indicate that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 356656 and average value of irrigated land was Rs. 459783. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 633333 for dry land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 275567 for dry land and Rs. 940952 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 296400 for dry land and Rs. 504653 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 335483 for irrigated land.  The results indicate that, there were 6 functioning and 4 de-functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicate that, there was 1 functioning and 1 defunctioning open well in the school.  The results indicate that, bore well was the major irrigation source in the micro water shed for 20 per cent of the farmers, open well and tank each formed the source of irrigation for 3.33 per cent of the farmers.  The results indicate that, the depth of bore well was found to be 29.36 meters and the depth of open well was found to be 3.56 meters.  The results indicate that, small, semi medium and medium farmers had irrigated area of 0.85 ha, 8.86 ha and 5.80 ha respectively.  The results indicate that, farmers have grown bajra (1 ha), bengalgram (1.62 ha), cotton (0.85 ha), groundnut (7.12 ha), maize (11.21 ha), mango (6.11 ha), navane (2.11 ha), paddy (1.82 ha), redgram (1.73 ha) and sugarcane (1.21 ha).  Marginal farmers have grown bajra, groundnut, maize, navane, paddy. Small farmers have grown Bengalgram, cotton, maize, groundnut, navane and redgram. 3 Semi medium farmers have grown groundnut, maize, mango and paddy. Medium farmers have grown maize, mango and sugarcane.  The results indicate that, the cropping intensity in Kamanuru-2 micro watershed was found to be 85.27 per cent. In case of marginal and small farmers it was 100 per cent, in case of semi medium farmers it was 99.36 per cent, and medium farmers had cropping intensity of 53.73 per cent.  The results indicate that, 86.67 per cent of the households have bank account and 53.33 per cent of the households have savings.  The results indicate that, 46.67 per cent of the households have availed credit from different sources.  The results indicate that, 31.25 per cent of the households availed loan from commercial bank, 12.50 per cent availed loan from friends/relatives, 87.50 per cent availed loan from money lender and 6.25 per cent of the households obtained loan from SHGs/CBOs.  The results indicate that, landless, marginal, small, and semi medium farmers have availed Rs.60000, Rs.87000, Rs.155714, and Rs.243333 respectively.  The results indicate that, 100 per cent of the households have borrowed loan from institutional sources for the purpose of agricultural production.  The results indicate that, the main purpose of borrowing credit from private sources was agricultural production which accounted for 57.14 per cent of those who borrowed credit. Another 28.57 per cent of the households borrowed for social functions and 14.29 per cent of the households borrowed for the purpose of construction of house or cattle shed.  The results indicated that 100 per cent of the households did not repay their loan.  Results indicated that 75 per cent of the households partially paid their loan and 25 per cent of the households did not repay their loan.  The results indicate that, around 31.58 per cent of the households opined that the rate of interest was higher in institutional sources; another 52.63 per cent opined that the loan amount helped to perform timely agricultural operations and 15.79 per cent of the households said that they were forced to sell the produce at low price to repay the loan in time.  The results indicate that, around 12.50 per cent of the households opined that credit was easily accessible, 25 per cent of the households opined that loan amount was adequate to fulfill the requirements, 37.50 per cent of the households opined that the credit helped to perform timely agricultural operations and 12.50 per cent opined that they were forced to sell the produce at low price to repay loan in time.  The results indicate that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 22649.48. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 26066.86. The net income from 4 Maize cultivation was Rs. 3417.39, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.15.  The total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 28310.12. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 28904.72. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. 594.59. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.02.  The total cost of cultivation for mango was Rs. 36079.54. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 35197.50. The net income from mango cultivation was Rs. -882.04. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.98.  The total cost of cultivation for bengalgram was Rs. 44731.17. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 61379.50. The net income from bengalgram cultivation was Rs. 16648.33. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.37.  The total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 41425.25. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 45304.12. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 8671.21. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.24.  The total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 32163.01. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 68571.91. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 36408.90. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.13.  The total cost of cultivation for tomato was Rs. 36338.34. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 111921.87. The net income from tomato cultivation was Rs. 75583.53. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:3.08.  The total cost of cultivation for navane was Rs. 17541.23. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 29078.64. The net income from navane cultivation was Rs. 11537.41. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.66.  The total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 50986.93. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 110091.43. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 59104.50. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.16.  The total cost of cultivation for sugarcane was Rs. 35639.63. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 177840. The net income from sugarcane cultivation was Rs. 142200.37. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:4.99.  The results indicate that, 23.33 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 6.67 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate. Around 6.67 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was inadequate.  The results indicate that the average annual gross income was Rs.123600 for landless farmers, for marginal farmers it was Rs.69908, for small farmers it was Rs.120494, for semi medium farmers it was Rs.101725, and for medium farmers it was Rs.68833.  The results indicate that the average annual expenditure is Rs. 14,600. For landless households it was Rs. 4,566.67, for marginal farmers it was Rs. 7,427.08, 5 for small farmers it was Rs. 9,156.25, for semi medium farmers it was Rs. 12,111.11, and for medium farmers it was Rs. 8,980.  The results indicate that, sampled households have grown 48 coconut, 80 custard apple, 1748 mango, 2 lemon and 1 sapota tree in their fields.  The results indicate that, households have planted 1 teak trees, 45 neem trees and 5 tamarind trees in their field.  The results indicate that, the average additional investment capacity with the households for land development was Rs.1733, for irrigation facility Rs.966, for improved crop production Rs.1000 and for improved livestock management Rs.700.  The results indicate that, loan from bank was the source of additional investment capacity for 10 per cent of the households for land development, 3.33 per cent for irrigation facility and 3.33 per cent for improved livestock management. Own funds was the source of investment for 10 per cent for irrigation facility, 6.67 per cent for improved crop production and 3.33 per cent for improved livestock management. Soft loans was the source of funds for 6.67 per cent for land development, 3.33 per cent for irrigation facility, 10 per cent for improved crop production and 6.67 per cent for improved livestock management.  The results indicated that, Bengalgram, cotton, maize, mango, navane and paddy were sold to the extent of 100 per cent. Bajra was sold to the extent of 94.44 per cent, groundnut to the extent of 83.33 per cent and sugarcane to the extent of 44.44 per cent.  The results indicated that, about 50 per cent of the famers have sold their produce in regulated markets and 40 per cent have sold their produce to local/village merchants.  The results indicated that, 70 per cent of the households have used tractor as a mode of transportation for their agricultural produce, 13.33 per cent have used truck and 6.67 per cent have used cart as a mode of transportation.  The results indicated that, 30 per cent of the households have experienced soil and water erosion problems in the farm i.e., 16.67 per cent of marginal farmers, 12.50 per cent of small farmers, 62.50 per cent of semi medium farmers and 66.67 per cent of medium farmers have experienced soil and water erosion problems.  The results indicated that, 90.32 per cent have shown interest in soil test.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the major source of drinking water for 96.67 per cent of the households and bore well was the source of drinking water for 3.33 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 87.10 per cent used fire wood and 12.90 per cent of the households used LPG.  Electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households in micro watershed. 6  The results indicated that, 70 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 20 per cent of the landless, 16.67 per cent of the marginal, 100 per cent of the small, 100 per cent of the semi medium and 100 per cent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 93.33 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card, and 6.67 per cent did not possess PDS card.  The results indicated that, 43.33 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme.  The results indicated that, cereals were adequate for 100 per cent of the households, pulses were adequate for 53.33 per cent, oilseeds were adequate for 13.33 per cent, vegetables were adequate for 56.67 per cent, fruits were adequate for 56.67 per cent, milk was adequate for 86.67 per cent, eggs were adequate for 83.33 per cent and meat was adequate for 56.67 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, pulses were inadequate for 46.67per cent, oilseeds were inadequate for 86.67 per cent, vegetables were inadequate for 46.67 per cent, fruits were inadequate for 40 per cent, milk was inadequate for 13.33 per cent, eggs were inadequate for 16.67 per cent and meat was inadequate for 43.33 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 83.33 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (83.33%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (70%), inadequacy of irrigation water (70%), high cost of fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (80%), high rate of interest on credit (86.67%), low price for the agricultural commodities (86.67%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (80%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (86.67%), less rainfall (13.33%) and inadequate extension services (63.33%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Oddarahatti microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 546 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south–west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 95 per cent is covered by soils , 1 per cent by rock outcrops and 4 per cent by habitation and water bodies, settlements and others. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 15 soil series and 30 soil phases (management units) and 6 land management units.  The length of crop growing period is 200 mm/m) in available water capacity.  An area of about 6 per cent has nearly level (0-1%) and 89 per cent area has very gently sloping (1-3%) lands.  An area of about 15 per cent has soils that are slightly eroded (e1) and 80 per cent moderately eroded (e2) lands.  An area of about 29 per cent are moderately acid (pH 5.5-6.0), 25 per cent are slightly acid (pH 6.0-6.5) and 42 per cent are neutral (pH 6.5-7.3) in soil reaction.  The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the soils is 0.75%) in 66 per cent area of the soils.  Available phosphorus is high (>57 kg/ha) in the entire cultivated area of the microwatershed.  Available potassium content is medium (145-337 kg/ha) in 78 per cent and high (>337 kg/ha) in 17 per cent soils.  Available sulphur is low (320 ppm) in the 1 per cent area of the soils.  Available boron is low (0.5 ppm) in about 89 per cent and medium (0.5-1.0 ppm) in 6 per cent area.  Available iron is sufficient (>4.5 ppm) in the entire area of the microwatershed.  Available zinc is deficient (0.6 ppm) in 70 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available manganese and copper are sufficient in all the soils.  The land suitability for 31 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed were assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 53 (10) 200 (37) Sapota 16 (3) 180 (33) Maize 37 (7) 217 (40) Pomegranate 16 (3) 229 (42) Bajra 122 (22) 300 (55) Musambi 32 (6) 213 (39) Groundnut 22 (4) 323 (59) Lime 32 (6) 213 (39) Sunflower 28 (5) 156 (28) Amla 97 (18) 423 (78) Red gram 12 (2) 154 (28) Cashew 5 (1) 179 (33) Bengalgram 48 (9) 294 (54) Jackfruit 16 (3) 180 (33) Cotton 28 (5) 225 (41) Jamun - 190 (35) Chilli 18 (3) 187 (34) Custard apple 119 (22) 401 (74) Tomato 50 (9) 155 (29) Tamarind - 101 (18) Brinjal 87 (16) 215 (39) Mulberry 70 (13) 273 (50) Onion 22 (4) 232 (42) Marigold 1 (<1) 253 (46) Bhendi 22 (4) 280 (51) Chrysanthemum 1 (<1) 253 (46) Drumstick 70 (13) 192 (35) Jasmine 1 (<1) 204 (38) Mango - 85 (16) Crossandra 1 (<1) 222 (41) Guava - 195 (36)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 6 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops that helps in maintaining productivity and ecological balance in the microwatershed.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SILENT FINDINGS OF THE STUDY  The results indicated that among 35 farmers, 17 (48.57%) were marginal farmers, 10 (28.57 %) were small farmers, 2 (5.71 %) were semi medium farmers, 1 (2.86%) medium farmers and 5 (14.29 %) landless farmers were also interviewed for the survey.  The data indicated that there were 128 population households were there in the studied micro-watershed. Among them 64 (50 %) men and 64 (50 %) were women. The average family size of marginal farmers was 4, small farmer was 4, semi medium farmer was 4 and for landless farmers it was 4.  The data indicated that 22 (17.19 %) people were in 0-15 years of age, 49 (38.28 %) were in 16-35 years of age, 40 (31.25 %) were in 36-60 years of age and 17 (13.28 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that the Oddarahatti had 27.34 per cent illiterates, 35.16 per cent of them had primary school education, 10.16 per cent of them had both middle school and high school education, 6.25 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.78 per cent them had Diploma education, 7.81 per cent of them had degree education and 0.78 per cent of them had masters education.  The results indicated with reference to occupation of the household showed that, 54.29 per cent of households practicing agriculture and 2.86 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labourers, general labour, in Government service and in private service respectively. 8.57 per cent of the households were doing trade and business and 11.43 per cent of them were housewives.  The results indicated that agriculture was the major occupation for 50.78 per cent of the household members, 1.56 per cent were agricultural labourers, 3.13 per cent were general labours, 1.56 percent were in government service, 1.56 per cent of them were in private sector, 4.69 per cent of them were trade and business, 19.53 per cent of them were students and 9.38 per cent were housewives.  In case of landless households 10.53 per cent were agricultural labourers, 15.79 per cent were general labour, 5.26 per cent in government service, 15.79 per cent were in trade& business, 21.05 per cent ware housewife and 26.32 per cent were students. In case of marginal farmers 60.94 per cent were agriculturist, 1.56 percent was in government service, 3.13 per cent were in trade and business and 18.75 per cent were students. In case of small farmers 55.88 per cent of them were agriculturist and 20.59 per cent of them were students. In case of semi medium farmers 50 per cent of the family members were agriculturist and 12.50 per cent of them were students.  The results showed that 3.13 per cent of them participated in self help groups, 0.78 per cent of them participated in cooperative bank. Landless, semi medium farmers and medium farmers were found to have no participation in any local institutions. 2 Marginal farmers and small farmers were found to participate in one or the other local institutions.  The results indicated that 97.14 per cent of the households possess Katcha house and 2.86 per cent of them possess Thatched house. 100 percent of the landless, marginal and small farmers possess Katcha house.  The results showed that 88.57 per cent of the households possess TV, 54.29 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 5.71 per cent of the households possess refrigerator, 28.57 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 45.71 per cent of the households possess motor cycle and 85.71 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results showed that the average value of television was Rs. 2112, mixer grinder was Rs.1121, refrigerator Rs.13500, bicycle Rs.1000, motor cycle was Rs.29250 and mobile phone was Rs.800.  The results indicated that about 22.86 per cent of the households possess plough, 14.29 per cent of them possess bullock cart, 14.29 per cent of the households possess sprayer, 5.71 per cent of them possess chaff cutter and 62.86 per cent of the households possess weeder.  The results show that the average value of plough was Rs.660; the average value of bullock cart was Rs. 22000, the average value of sprayer Rs.2480, the average value of weeder Rs. 39 and the average value of chaff cutter Rs.3000.  The results indicated that, 22.86 per cent of the households possess bullocks and 5.71 per cent of the households possess local cow. In case of marginal farmers, 29.41 per cent of the households possess bullock and 5.88 per cent of the households possess local cow. In case of small farmers, 20 per cent of households possess bullock. In case of semi medium farmers, 50 per cent of the households possess bullock and local low respectively.  The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the micro-watershed was 1.23, average own labour (women) available was 1.03, average hired labour (men) available was 7.53 and average hired labour (women) available was 8.37.  In case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 1.24, average own labour (women) was 1.12, average hired labour (men) was 4.94 and average hired labour (women) available was 5.82. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 1.10, average own labour (women) was 0.90, average hired labour (men) was 10.70 and average hired labour (women) available was 12.20. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 1.50, average own labour (women) was 1, average hired labour (men) was 12.50 and average hired labour (women) available was 10. In medium farmers average own labour men available was 2, average own labour (women) was 1, average hired labour (men) was 10 and average hired labour (women) available was 10. 3  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate About 100 per cent of the marginal farmers, 100 per cent of small, 100 per cent of semi medium and medium farmers have opined that the hired labour was adequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Oddarahatti micro-watershed possess 21.17 ha (71.84 %) of dry land and 8.26 ha (28.06 %) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 8.45 ha (91.25 %) of dry land and 0.81 ha (8.75%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 10.70 ha (86.01%) of dry land and 1.74 ha (13.99 %) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 2.02 ha (66.67%) of dry land and 1.01 ha (33.33%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 4.69 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 318724.91 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 363235.29. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 408313.36 for dry land and Rs. 494000 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 261573.37 for dry land Rs. 746744.19 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 247000 for dry land and Rs. 494000 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 170344.82 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 6 functioning and 7 defunctioning bore wells in the micro-watershed. The results indicated that, there were 2 functioning open wells in the micro-watershed.  The results indicated that, bore well was the irrigation source for 17.14 per cent of the farmers and open well was the source for 5.71 per cent of the farmers. The results indicated that, in case of semi medium farmers there was 1.01 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown bajra (3.94ha), cotton (1.77ha), crossandra (0.81ha), horse gram (1.32ha), maize (9.72 ha), navane (1.21 ha), papaya (0.91 ha),red gram (3.78 ha), sorghum(0.45 ha) and sugarcane (1.01 ha). Marginal farmers have grown Maize, Bajra, sorghum, crossandra and Redgram. Small farmers have grown Maize, cotton, horse gram, navane and red gram. Semi medium farmers have grown Maize, bajra, and red gram. Medium farmers have grown papaya.  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Oddarahatti micro-watershed was found to be 100 per cent in marginal farmers, small farmers, semi medium farmers and medium farmers respectively.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of the households have bank account and savings respectively. Among marginal farmers 60 percent of them possess both bank account and savings. 88.24 per cent of small farmers possess both bank account and savings correspondingly. Semi medium farmers possess 50 per cent of both bank account and savings respectively and medium category of farmers possess 100 per cent of bank account and also savings. 4  The results indicated that, 60 per cent of landless, 88.24 per cent of marginal, 100 per cent of small, 50 per cent semi medium and 100 per cent of medium farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicated that, 56.67 per cent have availed loan in Grameena bank, 16.67 per cent have availed loan from money lender and 3.33 per cent have availed loan from commercial bank, input dealers/ suppliers and SHGs/CBOs respectively.  The results indicated that,, marginal, small, semi medium and medium have availed Rs.62666.67, Rs. 80500, Rs50,000, and Rs. 100000 respectively. Overall average credit amount availed by households in the micro-watershed is 63166.67.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the households have borrowed loan for agriculture production. The results indicated that, agriculture production, Construction-house, Construction-cattle shed and other reasons were the main purpose for which marginal, small farmers, semi medium farmers borrowed loan. About 71.43 percent of loan was taken for agriculture production and 14.29 per cent of the farmers taken loan for construction-house, Construction-cattle shed and other purpose respectively.  Results indicated that 38.89 per cent of the households have repaid their institutional credit partially and 55.56 percent of the households have unpaid their loan and 5.56 per cent of the households were fully paid their loan.  Results indicated that 28.57 per cent of the households have repaid their private credit partially, 57.14 percent of the households have unpaid their loan and 14.29 per cent of them fully paid their loan.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 16072.05. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 21880.63. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. 5808.58, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.36. The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 18362.79. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 35368.63. The net income from maize cultivation was Rs. 17005.84. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.93.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for navane was Rs. 10533.31. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 31122. The net income from navane cultivation was Rs. 20588.69. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.95. The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for sorghum was Rs. 18020.16. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 26596.61. The net income from sorghum cultivation was Rs. 8576.44. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.48.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for redgram was Rs. 17906.59. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 31578.54. The net income from redgram cultivation was Rs. 13671.95. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.76. The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Horse gram was Rs. 12039.19. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 31271.56. The net income 5 from Horse gram cultivation was Rs. 19232.37. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.60.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sugarcane was Rs. 220236.14. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 978120.00. The net income from Sugarcane cultivation was Rs. 757883.86. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:4.44. The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 20286.97. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 48946.79. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 28659.82. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.41. The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for crossandra was Rs. 41401.74. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 97330.35. The net income from crossandra cultivation was Rs. 55928.61. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.35.  The results indicated that, 22.86 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate. Among overall households 23.56 per cent of the marginal farmers, 30 per cent of small farmers and 50 per cent of semi medium farmers were opined that dry fodder was adequate.  The results indicated that the average income from service/salary was Rs. 16514.29, business Rs. 17571.43, wage Rs. 23971.43, agriculture Rs. 81182.86, farm income Rs. 3,800 and dairy farm Rs. 414.  The results indicated that, 74.29 per cent of the households are interested in growing horticultural crops which include 76.47 per cent marginal farmers, 100 per cent small farmers, semi medium farmers and medium farmers respectively. The results indicated that for 68.57 per cent of the households were dependent on government subsidy for land development. Similarly for the dependency was for irrigation facility was 77.14 percent and 20 percent for improved crop production.  The results indicated that, chilly, cotton, Horse gram, Kanakambara flower, maize, navane, papaya, red gram, sorghum and sugar cane crops were sold to the extent of 100 per cent. Only bajra was sold to the extent of 98.15 per cent.  The results indicated that, 11.43 percent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchants and 77.14 percent of the households sold their produce in regulated markets. The results indicated that 75.51 per cent of the households have used cart as a mode of transport and 28.57 per cent have used tractor.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing. The results indicated that, 25.71 per cent of the households have adopted field bunding which includes 11.76 per cent of marginal, 60 per cent of small farmers, and 50 per cent of semi medium farmers.  Results showed that summer ploughing was adopted by 82.86 per cent of the households i.e. 94.12 per cent of the marginal farmers and 100 per cent of the small and semi medium farmers respectively. Form pond was adopted by the farmers was 2.86 per cent. 6  The results indicated that 14.29 per cent of soil conservation structure is constructed by the government, 2.86 per cent of soil conservation structure is constructed by the farmer's organization and another 5.71 per cent is constructed by others.  The results indicated that, 74.29 percent used fire wood as a source of fuel, and 25.71 percent of the households used LPG. The results indicated that, piped supply was the major source for drinking water for 97.14 per cent which includes 100 per cent of landless, 94.12 per cent of marginal, 100 per cent of small farmers, semi medium and medium farmers respectively.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light which was found to be 97.14 per cent and 2.86 per cent of the households were used kerosene lamp as a source of light.  The results indicated that, 48.57 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 40 per cent of landless, 41.18 per cent of marginal, 50 per cent of small, 100 per cent of semi medium and 100 per cent of medium had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 88.57 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card and 11.43 per cent of the sampled households not possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 51.43 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 8 per cent of the landless, 47.06 percent of the marginal, 30 per cent of the small, 100 per cent of the semi medium and 100 percent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of cereals, pulses, milk and egg were adequate for the households. Vegetables and fruits were adequate only for 5.71 per cent and meat was adequate for only 2.86 per cent for the households respectively.  The results indicated that, both vegetables and fruits were inadequate for 94.29 per cent, of the households. Oilseed was inadequate for 5.71 per cent. Meat was inadequate for 97.14 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 60 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field and frequent incidence of pest and diseases (77.14%), inadequacy of irrigation water (74.29%), high cost of fertilizers and plant protection chemicals and high rate of interest on credit (85.71%), low price for the agricultural commodities (82.86 %), lack of marketing facilities in the area (85.71%), inadequate extension services and lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (82.86%) and Source of Agri-technology information(Newspaper/TV/Mobile) (2.86). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Ashanal-1 Microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and the physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 775 ha in Yadgir taluk & district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought-prone with an average annual rainfall of 866 mm, of which about 652 mm is received during south-west monsoon, 138 mm during north-east and the remaining 76 mm during the rest of the year. An area of 651 ha in the microwatershed is covered by soils, 71 ha covered by rock outcrops and about 52 ha by others (habitation and water bodies). The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 12 soil series and 21 soil phases (management units) and 6 land management units.  The length of crop growing period is about 120-150 days starting from 1st week of June to 4th week of October.  From the master soil map, several interpretative and thematic maps like land capability, soil depth, surface soil texture, soil gravelliness, available water capacity, soil slope and soil erosion were generated.  Soil fertility status maps for macro and micronutrients were generated based on the surface soil samples collected at every 320 m grid interval.  Land suitability for growing 29 major agricultural and horticultural crops was assessed and maps showing the degree of suitability along with constraints were generated.  Entire area in the microwatershed is suitable for agriculture.  About 62 per cent area of the microwatershed has soils that are moderately deep to very deep (75 - >150 cm) and 22 per cent soils are shallow to moderately shallow (25-75 cm).  About 2 per cent area in the microwatershed has sandy soils, 28 per cent loamy soils and 56 per cent clayey soils at the surface.  About 70 per cent area is non gravelly (200 mm/m) in available water capacity, 2 per cent is medium (101-150 mm/m), 21 per cent area low (51-100 mm/m) and 12 per cent area very low (9.0).  The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the soils in the entire area of the microwatershed is dominantly 0.75).  About 50 per cent area is low in available phosphorus, 33 per area is medium (23-57 kg/ha) and one per cent is high (>57 kg/ha).  About 23 per cent is low (145 kg/ha) in available potassium and 81 per cent is medium (145-337 kg/ha).  Available sulphur is low (4.5 ppm) in 71 per cent area and deficient (<4.5 ppm) in 14 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available manganese and copper are sufficient in all the soils of the microwatershed.  Available zinc is deficient (<0.6 ppm) in the entire area of the microwatershed.  The land suitability for 29 major crops grown in the microwatershed were assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the Microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 354(46) 190 (24) Guava - 83(11) Maize - 530(68) Sapota - 83(11) Bajra 14(2) 547(70) Pomegranate - 476(62) Groundnut - 83(11) Musambi 277(36) 199(26) Sunflower 237(31) 224(29) Lime 277(36) 199(26) Redgram - 477(62) Amla 25(3) 519(67) Bengal gram 393(60) 108(14) Cashew - 25(3) Cotton 276(36) 225(29) Jackfruit - 68(9) Chilli - 521(67) Jamun - 394(51) Tomato - 388(50) Custard apple 434(56) 111(14) Brinjal 177(23) 382(49) Tamarind - 394(51) Onion 236(30) 83(11) Mulberry - 68(9) Bhendi 280(36) 280(36) Marigold - 561(72) Drumstick - 477(62) Chrysanthemum - 561(72) Mango - 35(5)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fiber and horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital to crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested to these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. This would help in not only supplementing the farm income but also provide fodder and fuel and generate lot of biomass which would help in maintaining an ecological balance and also contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE STUDY  The results indicated that 35 farmers were sampled in Ashanal-1 micro watershed among them 12 (34.29%) were marginal farmers, 10 (28.57 %) were small farmers, 4(11.43 %) were semi medium farmers, 3(8.57%) were medium farmers, 1(2.86%) was large farmer and 5 (14.29 %) landless farmers were also interviewed for the survey.  The data indicated that there were 177 population households in the studied micro watershed. Among them 88 (49.72%) men and 89 (50.28 %) were women. The average family size of landless, small farmers and medium farmers were 5, semi medium and large farmer was 4.  The data indicated that 24 (13.56%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 93 (52.54 %) were in 16-35 years of age, 48 (27.12 %) were in 36-60 years of age and 12 (6.78 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that the Ashanal-1 had 54.24 per cent illiterates, 0.56 per cent of them were functional literates, 14.69 per cent of them had primary school education, 1.13 per cent of them had middle school, 14.12 per cent them had high school education, 5.08 per cent of them had PUC education, 5.08 per cent of them had degree education and 1.13 per cent them had masters.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of households practicing agriculture, 8.57 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labour and 5.71 per cent of them were general labour.  The results indicated that agriculture was the occupation for 54.80 per cent of the household members, 4.52 per cent were agricultural labourers, 3.39 per cent of them were general labours, 2.26 per cent were students and 19.21 per cent of them were housewives and 3.35 per cent were children's. In case of landless farmers, 5.26 per cent were doing agriculture, 42.11 per cent were agricultural labour, 31.58 per cent were general labour, 15.79 per cent were housewives and 5.26 per cent were children's. In case of marginal farmers 52.17 per cent were agriculturist, 1.45 percent was in private service, 18.84 per cent were students and 20.29 per cent of them were housewives. In case of small farmers 72.22 per cent of them were agriculturist, 5.56 per cent of them were private service and 7.41 per cent of them were students. In case of semi medium farmers 64.71 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 5.58 per cent of them were students and 23.53 per cent of them were housewives. In case of medium farmers 64.29 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 7.14 per cent of them were students and 28.57 per cent of them were housewives. In case of large farmers 25 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, and 50 per cent of them were housewives.  The results showed that 99.44 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions and 0.56 per cent of the household participated in cooperative bank. 2  The results indicated that 57.14 per cent of the households possess Katcha house and 42.86 per cent of the households possess Pucca house.  The results showed that, 100 per cent of the households possess TV, 37.14 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 22.86 per cent of the households possess motor cycle and 100 per cent of the households possess mobile.  The results showed that the average value, television was Rs.8837, mixer grinder was Rs.2000, motor cycle was Rs.54625 and mobile phone was Rs.2002.  The data showed that, about 37.14 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 54.29 per cent of them possess plough, 11.43 per cent of the households possess irrigation pump, 2.86 per cent possess power tiller, 11.43 per cent of the households possess sprayer, 5.71 per cent of the households possess tractor and 20 per cent of them possess sprinkler.  The results showed that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.18769; the average value of plough was Rs. 1700, the average value of irrigation pump was Rs.50200, the average value of power tiller was Rs. 50000, the average value of tractor was Rs. 700000, the average value of sprayer was Rs. 8000 and the average value of sprinkler was Rs. 470.  The results indicated that, 28.57 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 2.86 per cent of the households possess local cow, buffalo, goat and poultry birds.  The results showed that, in case of marginal farmers, 25 per cent of the households possess bullock and 8.33 buffalo, goat and poultry birds respectively. In case of small farmers, 40 per cent of households possess equally bullock In case of semi medium farmers, 50 per cent of the households possess bullock. In medium farmers, 33.33 per cent of the households possess bullock.  The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 1.66, average own labour (women) available was 1.60, average hired labour (men) available was 9.60 and average hired labour (women) available was 9.33.In case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 1.50, average own labour (women) was also 1.58, average hired labour (men) was 7.42 and average hired labour (women) available was 6.58. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 1.78, average own labour (women) was 1.70, average hired labour (men) was 7.40 and average hired labour (women) available was 7.60. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 1.50, average own labour (women) was 1.25, average hired labour (men) was 13.75 and average hired labour (women) available was also 13.75. In medium farmers average own labour men available was 2, average own labour (women) was 2, average hired labour (men) was 18.33 and average hired labour (women) available was 18.33. In large farmers average own labour men available was 2, average own labour (women) was 1, average hired labour (men) was 15 and average hired labour (women) available was 15. 3  The results indicated that, 88.57 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Ashanal-1 micro watershed possess 30.04 ha (71.62%) of dry land and 11.90 ha (28.37%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 7.28 ha (88.23 %) of dry land and 0.97 ha (11.77%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 9.67 ha (81.15 %) of dry land and 2.25 ha (18.85%) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 5.26 ha (63.11%) of dry land and 3.08 ha (36.89%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 5.41 ha (49.08%) of dry land and 5.61 ha (50.92%) of irrigated land and large farmers possess 2.42 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  Results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 368076.52 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 571,098.27. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 810,061.14 for dry land and Rs. 1,234,999.95 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 444,393.31 for dry land and Rs. 890,090.12 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 228,000 for dry land and was Rs.58500.01 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 110928.15 for dry land and was Rs.320779.22 for irrigated land. In large farmers the average land value was Rs. 247000 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 2 functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that, bore well was the major irrigation source for 5.71 per cent of the farmers and 2.86 per cent of the farmers were using tank for irrigation.  The results indicated that on an average the depth of the bore well was 6.10 meters.  The results indicated that, in case of marginal farmers there was 0.49 ha of irrigated land and semi medium farmers were having 1.21 ha of irrigated land. On an average there was 1.70 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown cotton (4.61 ha), groundnut (15.71 ha), paddy (3.68 ha), red gram (6.36 ha) and sorghum (4.87 ha) in kharif season. Marginal farmers have grown cotton, groundnut, paddy, red gram and sorghum. Small farmers have grown cotton, red gram and sorghum. Semi medium farmers have grown groundnut and paddy. Medium farmers and large farmers have grown groundnut respectively.  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Ashanal-1 micro watershed was found to be 99.75 per cent. In case of marginal, small, semi medium and large farmers cropping intensity was 100 per cent and in case of medium farmers it was 99.04 per cent.  The results indicated that, 94.29 per cent of the households have bank account and 85.71 per cent of having savings. Among marginal farmers 60 percent of them possess both bank account and savings. 100 per cent of small, semi medium farmers 4 and medium possess per cent of both bank account and savings respectively and large category of farmers possess 100 per cent of bank account.  The results indicated that, 91.67 per cent of marginal, 90 per cent of small, 50 per cent of semi medium, 33.33 per cent of medium farmers and 100 per cent of large farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicated that, 8 per cent have availed loan in commercial bank, 16 per cent have availed loan from Cooperative Bank and 36 per cent have availed loan from Grameena bank.  The results indicated that, marginal, small, semi medium and medium have availed Rs.40909.09 Rs. 51777.78, Rs.62500 and Rs. 100000 respectively. Overall average credit amount availed by households in the micro watershed is 49640.  The results indicated that, 93.75 per cent of the households have borrowed loan for agriculture production and 6.25 per cent have availed loan for animal husbandry.  Results indicated that 100 percent of the households have unpaid their loan.  The results indicated that 75 per cent of the households were opined that they were helped to perform timely agricultural operations and 6.25 per cent opined that higher rate of interest.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 42107.82. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 81715.98. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 39608.16. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.94.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 41264.08. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 78656.40. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 37392.32. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.91.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 53615.93. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 114398.98. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 60783.05. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.13.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for red gram was Rs. 33389.69. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 65229.59. The net income from red gram cultivation was Rs. 31839.89. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.95.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for sorghum was Rs. 33702.79. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 41007.47. The net income from sorghum cultivation was Rs. 7304.68. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.22.  The results indicated that, 20 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 11.43 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate. 5  The table indicated that the in case of landless farmers the average annual income from wage was Rs.64800, in marginal farmers, average income from service/salary was Rs.41666.67, wage was Rs.36250 and agriculture Rs. 46833.33. In case of small farmers the average income from agriculture was Rs.49511.11. In semi medium farmers the average income from wage was Rs.32500 and agriculture was Rs.83000. Medium farmer's average income from wage was Rs.26666.67 and agriculture was Rs.221666.67. Similarly in large farmers the average income from wage was Rs.50000 and agriculture was Rs.160000.  The results indicated that, in case of landless, the average annual expenditure from wage was Rs.27333.33, in case of marginal, farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.17428.57 and agriculture Rs. 20583.33. In case of small farmers the average annual expenditure from wage was Rs. 15000 and agriculture was Rs.33200. In case of semi medium farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.20000 and agriculture was Rs.52500.In medium farmers the average annual expenditure from wage was Rs.25000 and agriculture was Rs.71666.67.In large farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.2000 and agriculture was Rs. 60000.  The results indicated that, sampled households have grown 13 coconut trees in their field.  The results indicated that, households have planted 61 Neem trees, 2 tamarind tress, and 3 banyan trees in their field and also grown 4 Neem trees in the backyard.  The results indicate that, households have an average investment capacity of Rs. 3428.57 for land development and Rs. 714.29 in irrigation facility. Marginal farmers have an average investment capacity of Rs. 5833.33 for land development, and Rs. 2083.33 in irrigation facility. Small farmers have an average investment capacity of Rs.3000 for land development. Semi medium farmers have an average investment capacity of Rs. 5000 for land development.  The results indicated that for 34.29 per cent and 2.86 per cent of the households were dependent on government subsidy for land development and irrigation facility respectively.  The results indicated that, cotton, groundnut, paddy, red gram and sorghum crops were sold to the extent of 100 per cent.  The results indicated that, 85.71 percent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchant.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of households used tractor as a mode of transport.  The results indicated that, 88.57 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing. 6  The results indicated that, 5.71 per cent of the households have adopted bore well recharge pit which includes 8.33 per cent of marginal and 10 per cent of small farmers.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the households who adopted bore well recharge pit opined that they are good.  The results indicated that 5.71 per cent of soil conservation structures are constructed by the government.  The results indicated that, 100 percent of the household used fire wood as a source of fuel.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the major source of drinking water for 100 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 65.71 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 60per cent of the landless, 75 per cent of marginal, 50 per cent of small, 100 per cent of semi medium, 33.33 per cent of medium and 100 per cent of large farmers had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the sampled household's possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 57.14 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 36.36 percent of the marginal, 100 per cent of the small, 55.56 per cent of the semi medium, 25 percent of the medium farmers and 50 per cent of the large farmers.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses oilseed, vegetables, fruits, milk, egg and meat were adequate for 82.86 per cent, 54.29 per cent, 57.14 per cent, 74.29 per cent, 40 per cent, 100 per cent, 88.57 per cent and 71.43 per cent of the household.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses, oilseed, vegetables, fruits, egg and meat were inadequate for 17.14 per cent, 45.71 per cent, 42.86 per cent, 25.71 per cent, 57.14 per cent,11.43 per cent and 28.57 per cent of the household.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 85.71 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (82.86%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (45.71%), inadequacy of irrigation water (51.43%), high cost of Fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (68.57%), high rate of interest on credit (65.71%), low price for the agricultural commodities (77.14%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (62.86%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (85.71%) and less rain fall (17.14%) . ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Bandehalli-3 microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behaviour and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 697 ha in Bandehalli-3 microwatershed in Yadgir taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as droughtprone with an average annual rainfall of 866 mm, of which about 652 mm is received during south–west monsoon, 138 mm during north-east and the remaining 76 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 96 per cent is covered by soils and 4 per cent by habitation and water bodies. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 13 soil series and 16 soil phases (management units) and 8 land use classes.  The length of crop growing period is 120-150 days starting from the 1st week of June to 4th week of October.  From the master soil map, several interpretative and thematic maps like land capability, soil depth, surface soil texture, soil gravelliness, available water capacity, soil slope and soil erosion were generated.  Soil fertility status maps for macro and micronutrients were generated based on the surface soil samples collected at every 320 m grid interval.  Land suitability for growing 26 major agricultural and horticultural crops were assessed and maps showing the degree of suitability along with constraints were generated.  Entire land area of the microwatershed is suitable for agriculture.  About 11 per cent soils are very shallow (200 mm/m) in available water capacity, 32 per cent medium (101-150 mm/m), 33 per cent low (51-100 mm/m) and about 30 per cent very low (0.75%) in organic carbon.  An area of 38 per cent has soils that are low (57 kg/ha) in available phosphorus.  About 13 per cent low (20 ppm) in about 6 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available boron is low (4.5 ppm).  Available manganese is sufficient in all the soils of the microwatershed.  About 1 per cent area has soils that are deficient (0.2 ppm).  Almost area of the microwatershed is deficient (<0.6 ppm) in available zinc, except for a small area of 4 ha (1%) that are sufficient.  The land suitability for 26 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the Bandehalli-3 microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 5 (<1) 456 (65) Sapota - 153 (22) Maize - 341 (49) Guava - 153 (22) Red gram - 358 (51) Pomegranate - 358 (51) Bajra 91 (13) 364 (52) Jackfruit - 153 (22) Ground nut - 175 (25) Jamun - 21(3) Sunflower 5 (<1) 353 (51) Musambi 5 (<1) 353 (51) Cotton 5 (<1) 340 (49) Lime 5 (<1) 353 (51) Bengalgram 5 (<1) 341 (49) Cashew - 22 (3) Chilli - 455 (65) Custard apple 243 (35) 216 (31) Tomato - 251 (36) Amla 42 (6) 418 (60) Drumstick - 358 (51) Tamarind - 21 (3) Mulberry - 153 (22) Marigold - 460 (66) Mango - 16 (2) Chrysanthemum - 460 (66) Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 8 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops that helps in maintaining the ecological balance in the microwatershed.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. This would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE STUDY  The results indicated that 35 farmers were sampled in Bandehalli-3 microwatershed among them 7 (20%) were marginal farmers, 13 (37.14 %) were small farmers, 7 (20 %) were semi medium farmers, 3 (8.57 %) medium farmers and 5 (14.29 %) landless farmers were also interviewed for the survey.  The data indicated that there were 91 (57.96 %) men and 66 (42.04 %) were women in the micro watershed. The average family size of landless farmers was 3.6, marginal farmers were 4.0, small farmers were 4.6, semi medium farmer was 5.3 and in medium farmers it was 4.7.  The data indicated that 31 (19.75 %) people were in 0-15 years of age, 38 (43.31 %) were in 16-35 years of age, 52 (33.12 %) were in 36-60 years of age and 6 (3.82 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that Bandehalli-3 had 43.95 per cent illiterates, 12.10 per cent of them had primary school education, 11.46 per cent of them had middle school education, 19.11 per cent of them had high school education, 3.82 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.64 per cent them had Diploma education, 5.73 per cent of them had degree education, 0.64 per cent had masters and 1.91 per cent of them had other education.  The results indicated that, 77.14 per cent of households practicing agriculture followed by the 11.43 per cent of the household heads were general labourers, 2.86 per cent of the households head were general labour and 2.86 per cent of them were agriculture labour, government service, retired and student each.  The results indicated that agriculture was the major occupation for 52.23 per cent of the household members, 5.10 per cent were agricultural labourers, 8.28 per cent were general labours, 0.64 percent were in government service, 1.27 per cent of them were students and 10.79 per cent were housewives. In case of landless households 55.56 per cent were general labour, 27.78 per cent were students and 16.67 per cent were housewives. In case of marginal households 35.71 per cent were practicing agriculture, 21.02 per cent of them were students and 8.92 per cent were housewives. In case of small farm households 57.14 per cent were practicing agriculture, 3.57 per cent were agriculture labours, 3.57 per cent were in government service, 14.29 per cent were students, and 10.71 per cent were housewives and children. In case of semi medium farmers 61.67 per cent were practicing agriculture, 23.33 per cent were students and 13.33 per cent of them were housewives. In case of semi-medium farmers 62.16 per cent were practicing agriculture, 13.51 per cent were agriculture labour, 21.62 per cent were student and 2.70 per cent were housewives. In case of medium farmers 42.86 per cent were practicing agriculture, 14.29 per cent were agriculture labour, 7.14 per cent 2 were government service, 14.29 per cent were private service and 21.43 per cent were student.  The results showed no participation of households in any local institutions.  The results indicated that 60 per cent of the households possess Katcha house, and 40 per cent of the households possess Pucca house.  The results showed that 91.43 per cent of the households possess TV, 20 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 17.14 per cent of the households possess motor cycle, 5.71 per cent of the households possess car/four wheeler, 2.86 per cent possess refrigerator, 2.86 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 2.86 per cent of the households possess landline phone and 88.57 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results showed that the average value of television was Rs. 8693, mixer grinder was Rs.2285, refrigerator was Rs. 10000, bicycle was Rs. 2000, motor cycle was Rs.54500, car/four wheeler Rs. 665000, landline was Rs.2000 and mobile phone was Rs.2166.  The results indicated that about 22.86 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 28.57 per cent of them possess plough, 2.86 per cent of the households possess irrigation pump, 5.71 per cent of them possess weeder and 8.57 per cent of the households possess power tiller, tractor and sprayer respectively.  The results show that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.18750, the average value of Plough was Rs. 3600, the average value of sprayer was Rs.13333, the average value of weeder was Rs. 125, the average value of tractor was Rs.666666 and the average value of irrigation pump and power tiller were Rs. 50000 respectively.  The results indicated that, 22.86 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 17.14 per cent of the households possess local cow, 5.71 per cent of the households possess sheep and 2.86 per cent of them possess goat.  Results indicated that in case of marginal farmers 14.29 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 28.57 per cent of the households possess local cow and 14.29 per cent of the households possess sheep. In small farmers, 23.08 per cent of the households possess bullocks and 7.69 per cent of the households possess local cow and goat respectively. In case of semi medium farmers 28.57 per cent of the households possess bullock and 42.86 per cent of the households possess local cow and 66.67 per cent and 33.33 per cent of the medium farmers possess bullock and sheep respectively.  The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the microwatershed was 1.70, average own labour (women) available was 1.13, average hired labour (men) available was 13.67 and average hired labour (women) available was 12.53. 3  Results showed that, in case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 1.29, average own labour (women) was 1.14, average hired labour (men) was 6.29 and average hired labour (women) available was 6. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 2.08, average own labour (women) was 0.92, average hired labour (men) was 10.08 and average hired labour (women) available was 8. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 1.57, average own labour (women) was 1.43, average hired labour (men) was 19.29 and average hired labour (women) available was 18.57. In medium farmers average own labour men available was 1.33, average own labour (women) was 1.33, average hired labour (men) was 33.33 and average hired labour (women) available was also 33.33.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate. About 100 per cent of the marginal farmers, small, semi medium and medium farmers have opined that the hired labour was adequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Bandehalli-3 micro-watershed possess 55.54 ha (97.74%) of dry land and 1.29 ha (2.26%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 4.84 ha (100%) of dry land. Small farmers possess 17.18 ha (100%) of dry land. Semi medium farmers possess 19.05 ha (93.67%) of dry land and 1.29 ha (6.33%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 13.84 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 300,561.06 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 466,037.73. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 764,130.44 for dry land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 409,702.34 for dry land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 194,157.63 for dry land and Rs. 466,037.73 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 144,444.45 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 1 functioning bore well in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that, canal was the irrigation source for 2.86 per cent of the farmers in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that on an average the depth of the bore well was 3.74 meters.  The results indicated that, in case of semi medium farmers there were 11 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown cotton (27.14 ha), paddy (1.29 ha), redgram (17.32 ha), sorghum (5.67 ha) and groundnut (5.11ha). Marginal and small farmers have grown cotton, groundnut and redgram. Semi medium farmers have grown cotton, paddy, redgram and sorghum. Medium farmers have grown cotton and red gram. 4  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Bandehalli-3 micro-watershed was found to be 100 per cent in marginal farmers, small farmers, semi medium farmers and medium farmers respectively.  The results indicated that, 48.57 per cent of the households have bank account and 40 per cent of them having savings. Among landless farmers 40 per cent of them possess bank account and 20 per cent of them possess savings. Among marginal farmers 57.14 percent of them possess both bank account and savings. Around 30.77 per cent of small farmers possess bank account and 23.08 per cent of them have savings correspondingly. Semi medium farmers possess 71.43 per cent of them possess bank account and 57.14 per cent possess savings respectively and medium category of farmers possess 66.67 per cent of bank account and also savings.  The results indicated that, 40 per cent of landless, 14.29 per cent of marginal, 15.38 per cent of small, 14.29 per cent semi medium and 33.33 per cent of medium farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent have availed loan in Grameena bank.  The results indicated that, marginal, small, semi medium and medium farmers have availed Rs.50000, Rs. 75000, Rs. 200000 and 200000 respectively. Overall average credit amount availed by households in the micro watershed is 525000.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the households have borrowed loan for agriculture production.  Results indicated that 100 per cent of them were unpaid their loan.  The results indicated that 100 per cent of the households were opined that institutional credit was helped to perform timely agricultural operations.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 41514.15. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 94251.54. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 52737.39, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.27.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 49039.59. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 93207.55. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 44167.95. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.9.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for sorghum was Rs. 24576.19. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 45561.21. The net income from sorghum cultivation was Rs. 20985.02. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.85.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for redgram was Rs. 25433.63. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 49900.24. The net income from red gram cultivation was Rs. 24466.61. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.96. 5  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 28763.94. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 65783.82. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 37019.88. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.29.  The results indicate that, 34.29 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 37.14 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate.  The table indicated that, in case of landless farmers the average income from wage Rs. 70000. In marginal farmers the average income from wage was Rs.37142.86 and agriculture was Rs.72142.86. In small farmers the average income from service/salary was Rs. 4615.38, wage was Rs.30769.23 and agriculture was Rs.78461.54. In semi medium farmers the average income from wage was Rs.31428.57 and agriculture was Rs.137857.14. In case of medium farmers the average income from wage was Rs. 16666.67, agriculture was Rs. 340000 and goat farming was Rs.100000.  The results indicate that in case of landless farmers the average annual expenditure from wage was Rs.42000. In marginal farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.4833.33 and agriculture was Rs. 24000. In case of small farmers the average expenditure from service/salary was Rs.30000, wage was Rs.10090.91 and agriculture was Rs.28307.69. In semi medium farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.6400 and agriculture was Rs.62114.29. In case of medium farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs. 15000 and agriculture was Rs.116666.67.  The results indicate that, households have planted 20 mango and 2 Sapota trees in their field. Households have also planted 1 mango trees in their backyard.  The results indicate that, households have planted 76 neem trees, 8 tamarind trees and 1 teak tree in their field.  The results indicate that, the average additional investment capacity for land development was Rs.5714.29 for marginal farmers, Rs.3076.92 for small farmers, Rs.5714.29 for semi medium farmers and Rs. 6666.67 for medium farmers. On an average the additional investment capacity for land development was Rs.4000.  The results indicated that for 34.29 per cent of the households were dependent on loan from bank for land development and 5.71 per cent were dependent on their own funds.  The results indicated that, cotton, groundnut, paddy, sorghum and redgram were sold to the extent of 100 per cent.  The results indicated that 82.86 per cent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchants and 2.86 per cent of the households sold their produce in regulated markets. 6  The results indicated that 8.57 per cent of the households have used cart as a mode of transport and 77.14 per cent have used tractor.  The results indicated that, 14.29 per cent of marginal and 7.69 per cent of small farmers faced soil and water erosion problems in the farm.  The results indicated that, 85.71 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing.  The results indicated that, 88.57 percent used fire wood as a source of fuel, and 11.43 percent of the households used LPG.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the major source for drinking water for 94.29 per cent and bore well was the drinking source for 5.71 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the population.  The results indicated that, 51.43 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 100 per cent of landless, 42.86 per cent of marginal, 46.15 per cent of small, 42.86 per cent of semi medium and 33.33 per cent of medium famers had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 5.71 per cent of the sampled households possessed APL card and 94.29 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 80 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 60 per cent of the landless, 85.71 percent of the marginal, 76.92 per cent of the small, 85.71 per cent of the semi medium and 100 percent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses, oilseed, vegetables, milk, egg and meat were adequate for 94.29 per cent, 82.86 per cent, 80 per cent, 88.57 per cent, 22.86 per cent, 91.43 per cent, 94.29 per cent and 85.71 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, cereals, vegetables, oilseed, vegetables, fruits, and meat were inadequate for 5.71 per cent, 17.14 per cent, 20 per cent, 11.43 per cent, 77.17 per cent and 11.43 per cent of the households and milk and egg were inadequate for 8.57 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 82.86 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (85.71%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (57.14%), inadequacy of irrigation water (42.86%), high cost of fertilizers and plant protection chemicals , high rate of interest on credit (74.29%), low price for the agricultural commodities (80 %), lack of marketing facilities in the area (74.29%), inadequate extension services (54.29%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (80%) and less rainfall (2.86%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Ballary-3 microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the Microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 606 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south –west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 92 per cent is covered by soils, five per cent by rock out crops and 2 per cent by water bodies, settlements and others. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below  The soils belong to 18 soil series and 35 soil phases (management units) and 10 land use classes.  The length of crop growing period is 150 cm).  About 0.75%) in the entire area of the microwatershed.  Available phosphorus is medium (23-57 kg/ha) in 20 per cent and high (>57 kg/ha) in 73 per cent of the soils.  Available potassium is low (337 kg/ha) in 21 per cent of the soils.  Available sulphur is low (20 ppm) in 4.5 ppm) in 30 per cent of the area.  Available zinc is deficient (0.6 ppm) in 72 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available manganese and copper are sufficient in the entire area.  The land suitability for 28 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (class S1) and moderately suitable (class S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price, and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 14 (2) 269(44) Pomegranate 8(1) 68(11) Maize 8(1) 279(46) Guava 8(1) 45 (7) Bajra 50(8) 239(40) Jackfruit 8(1) 45(7) Redgram 8(1) 50 (8) Jamun - 53(9) Bengal gram 6 (<1) 277 (46) Musambi 8 (1) 68 (11) Groundnut 30(5) 161(27) Lime 8(1) 68(11) Sunflower 8(1) 65 (11) Cashew 8(1) 65(11) Cotton 6 (<1) 276(46) Custard apple 56(9) 278(46) Chilli 8(1) 177(29) Amla 50(8) 284 (47) Tomato 8(1) 177(29) Tamarind - 49(8) Drumstick 20(3) 53 (9) Marigold 8(1) 275(45) Mulberry 49(8) 102(17) Chrysanthemum 8(1) 275(45) Mango - 49(8) Jasmine 8(1) 252(42) Sapota 8(1) 45(7) Crossandra 8(1) 193(32) Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 10 identified LUCs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested to these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Drainage line treatment and Soil and water conservation treatment plans have been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. This would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. Results indicated that 37 farmers were sampled in Bellary-3 micro watershed among them 5 (13.51%) were marginal farmers, 13 (35.14%) were small farmers, 10(27.03%) were semi medium farmers, 4 (10.81%) were medium farmers and 5 (13.51%) landless farmers were also interviewed for the survey.  The data indicated that there were 179 population households were there in the studied micro watershed. Among them 115 (64.25%) men and 64 (35.75%) were women. The average family size of landless and small was, semi medium and medium farmers were 5 and Marginal farmers were 6.  The data indicated that 22 (12.29%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 88 (49.16%) were in 16-35 years of age, 50 (27.93%) were in 36-60 years of age and 19 (10.61%) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that the Bellary-3 had 32.96 per cent illiterates, 19.55 per cent of them had primary school education, 13.41 per cent of them had both middle school, 14.53 per cent them had high school education, 7.26 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.56 per cent them had Diploma education and ITI, 6.15 per cent of them had degree education, 1.68 per cent of them had masters education and 3.35 per cent them had others.  The results indicated that, 75.68 per cent of households practicing agriculture, 16.22 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labour and 8.11 per cent of the household heads were general labour.  The results indicated that agriculture was the major occupation for 60.89 per cent of the household members, 6.70 per cent were agricultural labourers and general labours, 0.56 percent were in household industry, 4.47 per cent of them were in private sector, 15.08 per cent of them were students and 3.35 per cent of them were children.  In case of landless households 20 per cent were agricultural labour, 60 per cent were general labourers and 20 per cent were students. In case of marginal farmers 76.67 per cent were agriculturist, 3.33 percent was in private service and 20 per cent were students. In case of small farmers 68.97 per cent of them were agriculturist and 5.17 per cent of them were agricultural labours, and 18.97 per cent of them were students. In case of semi medium farmers 70.59 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 5.88 per cent were general labour and were in private service and 3.92 per cent of them were students. In case of medium farmers 50 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 10 per cent were general labour, 20 per cent were students and 20 per cent of them were in private service.  The results showed that 1.12 per cent of them participated in self help groups and 98.88 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions. 2  The results indicated that 81.08 per cent of the households possess Katcha house, 8.11 per cent of the households possess Pucca house and 8.11 per cent of the households possess Semi Pacca house.  The results showed that, 2.70 per cent of the households possess radio, 59.46 per cent of the households possess TV, 24.32 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 27.03 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 37.84 per cent of the households possess motor cycle and 97.30 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results showed that the average value of radio was Rs.500, television was Rs. 3409, mixer grinder was Rs.1033, bicycle was Rs.1400, motor cycle was Rs.35000 and mobile phone was Rs.1398.  About 18.92 per cent of the households possess bullock cart and plough, 13.51 per cent of the households possess sprayer, 70.27 per cent of the households possess weeder, 5.41 per cent of the households possess thresher and 29.73 per cent of the households possess chaff cutter.  The results showed that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.16000; the average value of plough was Rs. 1133, the average value of sprayer was Rs. 2300, the average value of weeder was Rs. 32, the average value of thresher was Rs. 500 and the average value of chaff cutter was Rs. 1327.  The results indicated that, 37.84 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 32.43 per cent of the households possess local cow, 2.70 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow and 5.41 per cent of the households possess poultry birds. In case of marginal farmers, 40 per cent of the households possess bullock and 20 per cent of the household possess local cow and poultry birds respectively. In case of small farmers, 38.46 per cent of households possess bullock, 46.15 per cent possess local cow and 7.69 per cent possess poultry birds. In case of semi medium farmers, 40 per cent of the households possess bullock, 30 per cent of the household possess local cow and 10 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow. In medium farmers 75 per cent of the households possess bullock and 50 per cent of the household possess local cow.  The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 6.72, average own labour (women) available was 4.25, average hired labour (men) available was 8.41 and average hired labour (women) available was 8.16.  In case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 3, average own labour (women) was also 1.40, average hired labour (men) was 9.40 and average hired labour (women) available was 9.60. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 13, average own labour (women) was 8.31, average hired labour (men) was 9.92 and average hired labour (women) available was 9.85. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 2.20, average own labour (women) was 1.60, average hired labour (men) was 6.90 and average hired labour (women) available was 6.20. In medium farmers average own labour men 3 available was 2.25, average own labour (women) was 1.25, average hired labour (men) was 6 and average hired labour (women) available was 5.75.  The results indicated that, 86.49 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Bellary-3 micro watershed possess 29.40 ha (55.96%) of dry land and 23.14 ha (44.04%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 2.10 ha (70.61%) of dry land and 0.88 ha (29.39%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 18.41ha (95.79%) of dry land and 0.81ha (4.21%) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 7.27ha (40.35%) of dry land and 10.74 ha (59.65%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 1.62 (13.13%) of dry land and 10.71ha (86.87%) of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 302,629.41 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 395,293.31. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 664,999.99 for dry land and Rs. 1,540,896.49 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 255,255.06 for dry land Rs. 988,000 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 302,561.25 for dry land and Rs. 325,612.05 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 370,500 for dry land and Rs. 326,719.58 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 14 functioning and 4 de-functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that, bore well was the major irrigation source for 37.84 per cent of the farmers and 2.70 per cent households were using open well for irrigation.  The results indicated that on an average the depth of the bore well was 27.51 meters.  The results indicated that, in case of marginal farmers there was 0.40 ha of irrigated land, in case of small farmers there was 1.62 ha of irrigated land, semi medium farmers were having 8.10 ha of irrigated land and medium farmers were having 12.11 ha of irrigated land. On an average there were 22.23 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown bajra (3.24 ha), groundnut (10.26 ha), maize (37.65 ha), paddy (0.81 ha) and tomato (0.54 ha) in kharif season. Farmers grown bajra (1.62 ha) and sunflower (0.40 ha) in Rabi season. Also grown groundnut (2.83 ha) in summer season. Marginal farmers had grown maize, tomato and groundnut. Small farmers had grown bajra, groundnut and maize. Semi medium farmers had grown Bajra, groundnut, maize and sunflower. Medium farmers had grown groundnut, maize, paddy and tomato.  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Bellary-3 micro watershed was found to be 83.06 per cent. In case of marginal farmers it was 100 per cent, in small farmers it was 81.04 , in semi medium farmers it was 91.19 and in medium farmers it was 69.68 per cent. 4  The results indicated that, 83.78 per cent of the households have bank account and 2.70 per cent of them savings. In land less farmers 80 per cent of the household possess bank account. Among marginal farmers 60 percent of them possess bank account and 20 per cent of the household possess savings. 92.31 per cent of small farmers possess bank account. In semi medium farmers possess 80 per cent of them possess bank account and medium category of farmers possess 100 per cent of bank account. The results indicated that, 80 per cent of landless, 60 per cent of marginal, 92.31 per cent of small, 80 per cent of the semi medium and 100 per cent of medium farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicated that, 3.23 per cent have availed loan from friends/ relatives and 9.68 per cent have availed loan from Grameena bank.  The results indicated that, semi medium farmers have availed Rs.52500. Overall average credit amount availed by households in the micro watershed is 13,548.39.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the households have borrowed loan for agriculture production.  The results indicated that, 100 percent of loan was taken for household consumption.  Results indicated that 100 percent of the households have unpaid their institutional loan.  Results indicated that 100 per cent of the households have partially paid their private loan.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 18425.71. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 31260.94. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. 12835.23, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.7.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 31011.05. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 43640.22. The net income from maize cultivation was Rs. 12629.17. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.41.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 33295.80. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 37297.00. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 4001.20. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.12.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 44988.36. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 104414.40. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 59426.04. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.32.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sunflower was Rs. 47943.10. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 103740.00. The net income from Sunflower cultivation was Rs. 55796.90. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.16.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Tomato was Rs. 102707.41. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 335876.41. The net income from 5 Tomato cultivation was Rs. 233169.00. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:3.27.  The results indicated that, 43.24 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 8.11 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate.  The table indicated that, in landless farmers, the average income from wage Rs.66000.In marginal farmers the average income from service/salary was Rs.16000, wage was Rs.39000 and agriculture was Rs.52240. In small farmers the average income from wage was Rs.8076.92 and agriculture was Rs.97480.77 and dairy farm was Rs.3826.92. In semi medium farmers the average income from service/salary was Rs.15000, business was rs.12000, wage was Rs.22200 and agriculture was Rs.132600. In medium farmers the average income from service/salary was Rs.218000, wage was Rs.5000 and agriculture was Rs.287500.  The results indicated that in landless, the average expenditure from wage was Rs.3333.33. In marginal farmers the average expenditure from agriculture was Rs.22200. In small farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.2000, agriculture was Rs.51464.54 and dairy farm was Rs.7666.67. In semi medium farmers the average expenditure from business was Rs.60000, wage was Rs.20000 and agriculture was Rs.65000.In medium farmers the average expenditure from agriculture was Rs.126250.  The results indicated that, sampled households have grown 65 coconut, 1 lemon and 7 mango trees in their field and also planted 2 coconut and 1 mango trees in their backyard.  The results indicated that, households have planted 4 Eucalyptus tree, 56 teak trees, and 144 neem trees in their field and also grown 2 Neem tree in the their backyard.  The results indicate that, households have an average investment capacity of Rs. 135.14 for improved crop production and Rs.81.08 for improved livestock management. Small farmers have an average investment capacity of Rs. 384.62 for improved crop production and Rs.230.77 for improved livestock management.  The results indicated that for 2.70 per cent of the households were dependent on loan from the bank for improved crop production and improved livestock management respectively.  The results indicated that, Bajra, sunflower and tomato crops were sold to an extent of 100 per cent. Groundnut, maize and paddy crops were sold to an extent of 97.68 per cent, 98.81 per cent and 70 per cent respectively.  The results indicated that, 2.70 percent of the households have sold their produce to agent/traders, 100 percent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchant and 21.62 percent of the households sold their produce in regulated markets. 6  The results indicated that 2.70 per cent of the households have used cart as a mode of transport, 100 per cent of them have used tractor and 5.41 per cent have used truck.  The results indicated that, 72.97 per cent of the households have experienced the soil and water erosion problems i.e. 60 percent of marginal farmers, 84.62 per cent of small farmers, 90 per cent of semi medium farmers and 100 percent of medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 81.08 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing.  The results indicated that, 72.97 percent used fire wood as a source of fuel and 27.03 percent of the households used LPG.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the source of drinking water for 75.68 per cent, 16.22 per cent of them were using bore well and 8.11 per cents of the households were using lake/tank for drinking water.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 86.49 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 100 per cent of landless, marginal, small, 50 per cent of semi medium and 75 per cent of medium had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 100 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card and 2.70 per cent of the sampled households have not possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 40.54 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 100 per cent of the landless and marginal, 7.69 per cent of the small, 20 per cent of the semi medium and 50 percent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses, oilseeds, vegetables, fruits , milk, egg and meat were adequate for 100 per cent, 91.89 per cent, 27.03 per cent, 81.08 per cent, 5.41 per cent, 75.68 per cent, 48.65 per cent and 21.62 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, pulses, oilseeds, vegetables, fruits , milk, egg and meat were inadequate for 8.11 per cent, 70.27 per cent, 16.22 per cent, 89.19 per cent, 18.92 per cent, 48.65 per cent and 72.97 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 81.08 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (83.78%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (62.16%), inadequacy of irrigation water (29.73%), high cost of Fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (70.27%), high rate of interest on credit (35.14%), low price for the agricultural commodities (72.97%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (56.76%), inadequate extension services (10.81%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (67.57%), less rainfall (13.51%) and Source of Agri-technology information(Newspaper/TV/Mobile) (5.41%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Huvinahalu microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 853 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south–west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of 95 per cent is covered by soils, 4 per cent by rock outcrops and 1 per cent is by habitation and settlements. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 18 soil series and 44 soil phases (management units) and 8 Land Management Units.  The length of crop growing period is 150 cm).  About 1 per cent area in the microwatershed has sandy soils, 26 per cent area in the microwatershed has loamy soils and 68 per cent clayey soils at the surface.  About 47 per cent area has non-gravelly (0.75%) in 16 per cent area.  An area of about 94 per cent is medium (23-57 kg/ha) and 1 per cent is high (>57 kg/ha) in available phosphorus.  An area of about 13 per cent is low (337 kg/ha) in available potassium.  Entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is low (4.5 ppm) and 70 per cent is deficient (1.0 ppm) in available manganese content.  Entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is sufficient (>0.2 ppm) in available copper content.  An area of about 79 per cent is deficient (0.6 ppm) in available zinc content.  The land suitability for 31 major crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 109(13) 294(35) Sapota 148(17) 206(24) Maize 68(8) 335(39) Pomegranate 148(17) 241(28) Bajra 192(23) 340(40) Guava 77(9) 265(31) Groundnut 66(8) 535(63) Jackfruit 148(17) 195(23) Sunflower 108(13) 169(20) Jamun 53(6) 290(34) Cotton 72(8) 331(39) Musambi 148(17) 241(28) Red gram 108(13) 169(20) Lime 148(17) 241(28) Bengalgram 10(1) 410(48) Cashew 77(9) 240(28) Chilli 108(13) 144(17) Custard apple 202(24) 606(71) Tomato 108(13) 155(18) Amla 192(23) 616(72) Brinjal 144(17) 536(63) Tamarind 53(6) 217(25) Onion 96(11) 434(51) Marigold 99(12) 304(36) Bhendi 96(11) 585(69) Chrysanthemum 99(12) 304(36) Drumstick 157(18) 397(47) Jasmine 99(12) 258(30) Mulberry 182(21) 472(55) Crossandra 99(12) 153(18) Mango 53(6) 168(20)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 8 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserves soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE STUDY  Results indicated that 48 farmers were sampled in Huvinhalu micro watershed among them 14 (29.17%) were marginal farmers, 16 (33.33 %) were small farmers, 12(25 %) were semi medium farmers, 4 (8.33 %) were medium farmers and 2 (4.17 %) landless farmers were also interviewed for the survey.  The data indicated that there were 231 population households were there in the studied micro watershed. Among them 140(60.61%) men and 91 (39.39%) were women. The average family size of landless was 4, marginal farmers were 6 small and semi medium farmers were 5, medium farmer was 3.  The data indicated that 52 (22.51%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 98 (42.42%) were in 16-35 years of age, 63 (27.27%) were in 36-60 years of age and 18 (7.79%) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that the Huvinhalu had 28.14 per cent illiterates, 40.69 per cent of them had primary school education, 8.66 per cent of them had both middle school, 10.39 per cent them had high school education, 5.63 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.87 per cent of them had degree education and 5.63 per cent them had others.  The results indicated that, 93.75 per cent of households practicing agriculture and 6.25 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labour.  The results indicated that agriculture was the major occupation for 44.59 per cent of the household members, 26.41 per cent were agricultural labourers, 0.87 per cent were general labours, 0.43 percent were retired, 21.65 per cent of them were students, 1.73 per cent of them were housewives and 3.90 per cent were children housewives. In case of landless households 85.71 per cent were general labourers and 14.29 per cent were students. In case of marginal farmers 32.10 per cent were agriculturist and agricultural labour, 29.63 per cent of them were students and 2.47 of them were housewives and children respectively. In case of small farmers 42.47 per cent of them were agriculturist, 35.62 per cent of them were agricultural labour and 17.81 per cent of them were students. In case of semi medium farmers 59.65 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 10.53 per cent of them were agricultural labour and 15.79 per cent of them were students. In case of medium farmers 46.15 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 23.08 per cent of them were agricultural labour and 23.08 per cent of them were students.  The results showed that 0.43 per cent of them participated in Raitha Sangha and 99.57 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions.  The results indicated that 68.75 per cent of the households possess Katcha house, 10.42 per cent of the households possess Pucca house, 12.50 per cent of the 2 households possess Semi Pacca house and 4.17 per cent of them possess Thatched house.  The results showed that, 2.08 per cent of the households possess radio, 87.50 per cent of the households possess TV, 79.17 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 8.33 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 52.08 per cent of the households possess motor cycle and 95.83 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results showed that the average value of radio was Rs. 2000, television was Rs. 6214, mixer grinder was Rs. 2039, bicycle was Rs. 2300, motor cycle was Rs. 36961 and mobile phone was Rs. 2481.  About 22.92 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 47.92 per cent of them possess plough, 4.17 per cent of the households possess irrigation pump, 2.08 per cent of the households possess tractor, 54.17 per cent of the households possess sprayer and 66.67 per cent of the households possess weeder.  The results showed that the average value of bullock cart was Rs. 18545; the average value of plough was Rs. 2586, the average value of irrigation pump was Rs. 50000, the average value of tractor was Rs. 300000, the average value of sprayer was Rs. 4326 and the average value of weeder was Rs. 120.  The results indicated that, 25 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 25 per cent of the households possess local cow, 14.58 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow, 8.33 per cent of the households possess buffalo and 2.08 per cent possess goat.  In case of landless farmers, 50 per cent of the households possess bullock and 50 per cent of the households possess goat. In marginal farmers, 14.29 per cent of households possess both bullock and buffalo and 35.71 per cent possess local cow, in case of small, 25 per cent of the households possess bullock, 18.75 per cent possess local cow and 6.25 per cent possess buffalo. In case of semi medium farmers, 33.33 per cent of the households possess bullock, crossbred cow and local cow correspondingly, 8.33 per cent of the households possess buffalo. In medium farmers 25 per cent of the households possess bullock and 75 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow.  The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 2, average own labour (women) available was 1.38, average hired labour (men) available was 7.06 and average hired labour (women) available was 6.73.  In case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 2.21, average own labour (women) was also 1.50, average hired labour (men) was 6.57 and average hired labour (women) available was 5.93. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 1.94, average own labour (women) was 1.31, average hired labour (men) was 7.56 and average hired 3 labour (women) available was 7.88. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 2.17, average own labour (women) was 1.33, average hired labour (men) was 7.08 and average hired labour (women) available was 6.08. In medium farmers average own labour men available was 1.25, average own labour (women) was 1.25, average hired labour (men) was 8.75 and average hired labour (women) available was 8.75.  The results indicated that, 47.92 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate and 52.08 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was inadequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Huvinhalu micro watershed possess 36.67 ha (57.54%) of dry land and 27.07 ha (42.46%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 9.88 ha (96.06%) of dry land and 0.40 ha (3.94%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 12.23 ha (68.63%) of dry land and 5.59 ha (31.37 %) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 14.56 ha (59.49%) of dry land and 9.92 ha (40.51%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 11.15 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 299,823.44 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 391,477.27. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 485,702.58 for dry land and Rs. 1,235,000 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 265,547.47 for dry land Rs. 697,033.28 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 192,217.90 for dry land and Rs. 362,938.78 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 233,018.86 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 19 functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that, bore well was the major irrigation source for 39.58 per cent of the farmers.  The results indicated that on an average the depth of the bore well was 36.98 meters.  The results indicated that, in case of marginal farmers there was 0.40 ha of irrigated land, in case of small farmers there was 5.60 ha of irrigated land, semi medium farmers were having 10.32 ha of irrigated land and medium farmers were having 11.04 ha of irrigated land. On an average there were 27.36 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown bajra (7.30 ha), banana (0.81 ha), Bangalore brinjal (1.34 ha), chilly (0.85 ha), cotton (0.85 ha), groundnut (3.08 ha), maize (36.28 ha), onion (0.40ha), redgram (4.45 ha), sorghum (1.32ha), sunflower (0.45 ha) and tomato (0.81ha). Marginal farmers had grown bajra, cotton, maize, redgram and sunflower. Small farmers had grown bajra, 4 chilly, groundnut, maize, redgram, onion and sorghum. Semi medium farmers had grown bajra, banana, Bangalore brinjal, groundnut, maize, redgram and tomato. Medium farmers had grown bajra, maize and redgram.  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Huvinhalu micro watershed was found to be 70.67 per cent. In case of marginal farmers it was 91.77 per cent, in small farmers it was 80.15, in semi medium farmers it was 71.65 and in medium farmers it was 48.58 per cent.  The results indicated that, 75 per cent of the households have both bank account and savings respectively. 50 per cent of the landless farmers, 85.71 per cent of the marginal farmers, 87.50 per cent of the small farmers, 41.67 per cent of the semi medium farmers and 100 per cent of the medium farmers possess both bank account and savings respectively.  The results indicated that, 50 per cent of the landless, 71.43 per cent of marginal, 75 per cent of small, 33.33 per cent of the semi medium and 100 per cent of medium farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 37993.40. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 37035.30. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. -958.10, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.97.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Banana was Rs. 50118.31. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 148200. The net income from Banana cultivation was Rs. 98081.69, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.96.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for chilly was Rs. 51780.28. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 111150. The net income from chilly cultivation was Rs. 59369.72, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.15.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 34462.09. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 47272.73. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 12810.63, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.37.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Groundnut was Rs. 47748.89. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 91348.83. The net income from Groundnut cultivation was Rs. 43599.94, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.91.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 32941.63. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 36543.32. The net income from maize cultivation was Rs. 3601.69. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.11. 5  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for onion was Rs. 69961.36. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 59280.00. The net income from onion cultivation was Rs. -10681.36. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.85.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sunflower was Rs. 59054.20. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 52928.57. The net income from Sunflower cultivation was Rs. -6125.62. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.9.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Tomato was Rs. 19047.49. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 30875.00. The net income from Tomato cultivation was Rs. 11827.51. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.62.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Red gram was Rs. 39672.38. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 58593.89. The net income from Red gram cultivation was Rs. 18921.50. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.48.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sorghum was Rs. 24675.07. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 27056. The net income from Sorghum cultivation was Rs. 2380.93. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.1.  The results indicated that, 43.75 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 16.67 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was inadequate. Similarly 28.17 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate.  The table indicated that, in landless farmer, the average income from wage was Rs.20000, in marginal farmers, the average income from service/salary was Rs.4285.71, wage was Rs.24714.29, agriculture was Rs.29821.43 and dairy farm was Rs.357.14. In small farmers, the average income from business was Rs.1250, wage was Rs.18000, agriculture was Rs.39287.50 and dairy farm was Rs.2957.50. In semi medium farmer, the average income from wage was Rs.15833.33, agriculture was Rs.61283.33 and dairy farm was Rs.4308.33. In medium farmers, the average income from wage was Rs.7750, and agriculture was Rs. 81,250.  The results indicated that, in landless famers, the average expenditure from wage was Rs. 12500. In marginal farmers, the average expenditure from service/salary was Rs.50000, wage was Rs.9428.57, agriculture was rs.14000 and dairy farm was Rs.1000. In small farmers, the average expenditure from business was Rs.10000, wage was Rs.8866.67, agriculture was Rs.18875 and dairy farm was Rs.6000. In semi medium farmers, the average expenditure from wage was Rs.10300, agriculture was Rs.30833.33 and dairy farm was Rs.4300. In case 6 medium farmers the average expenditure from wage was Rs.4666.67 and agriculture was Rs.42500.  The results indicated that, sampled households have grown 9 coconut, 2 lemon and 4 mango tree in their field.  The results indicated that, households have planted 2 teak trees, 150 neem trees, 7 tamarind tress and 37 banyan trees in their field and also grown 1 Neem tree in the backyard.  The results indicated that, banana, chilly, cotton; groundnut, maize, onion, sunflower and tomato crops were sold to an extent of 100 per cent. Bajra, redgram and sorghum crops were sold to an extent of 88.39 per cent, 96.23 per cent and 55.56 per cent.  The results indicated that, 4.17 percent of the households have sold their produce to agent/traders, 54.17 percent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchant, 62.50 percent of the households sold their produce in regulated markets and 2.08 percent of the households sold their produce to cooperative marketing society.  The results indicated that 12.50 per cent of the households have cart load as a mode of transport, 100 per cent of them have used tractor and 2.08 per cent have used truck.  The results indicated that, 56.25 per cent of the households have experienced the soil and water erosion problems i.e. 64.29 percent of marginal farmers, 62.50 per cent of small farmers, 41.67 per cent of semi medium farmers and 75 per cent of medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 50 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing.  The results indicated that, 91.67 percent used fire wood as a source of fuel and 10.42 percent of the households used LPG.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the source of drinking water for 97.92 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 22.92 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 50 per cent of landless, 7.14 per cent of marginal, 31.25 per cent of small, 25 per cent of semi medium and 25 per cent of medium had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 95.83 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card and 4.17 per cent of the sampled households have not possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 35.42 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 100 per cent of the landless, 28.57 percent 7 of the marginal, 31.25 per cent of the small, 25 per cent of the semi medium and 25 percent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses, oilseeds, vegetables, fruits , milk, egg and meat were adequate for 97.92 per cent, 33.33 per cent, 25 per cent, 43.75 per cent, 2.08 per cent, 45.83 per cent, 33.33 per cent and 22.92 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses, oilseeds, vegetables, fruits, milk, egg and meat were inadequate for 2.08 per cent, 66.67 per cent, 62.50 per cent, 45.83 per cent, 43.75 per cent, 31.25 per cent, 50 per cent and 12.50 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, oilseed and vegetables were market surplus for 6.25 per cent of the households respectively.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 47.92 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (70.83%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (33.33%), inadequacy of irrigation water (14.58%), high cost of Fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (22.92%), high rate of interest on credit (29.17%), low price for the agricultural commodities (27.08%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (41.67%), inadequate extension services (2.08%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (54.17%), less rainfall (77.08%) and Source of Agri-technology information(Newspaper/TV/Mobile) (47.92 %). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Naregallu-1 microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 869 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south–west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of 89 per cent is covered by soils and 11 per cent is by habitation and settlements. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 16 soil series and 29 soil phases (management units) and 5 Land Management Units.  The length of crop growing period is 150 cm).  About 7 per cent area in the microwatershed has loamy soils and 82 per cent clayey soils at the surface.  About 70 per cent area has non-gravelly (200 mm/m) in available water capacity.  About 19 per cent area of the microwatershed has nearly level (0-1% slope) lands and 70 per cent area of the microwatershed has very gently sloping (1-3% slope) lands.  An area of about 31 per cent area is moderately (e2) eroded and about 58 per cent area is slightly (e1) eroded.  An area of about 77 per cent soil are moderately alkaline to strongly alkaline (pH 7.8-9.0) and an area of about 12 per cent soil are very strongly alkaline (pH >9.0) in soil reaction.  The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the soils in the entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is dominantly 0.75%) in 11 per cent area.  An area of about 81 per cent is medium (23-57 kg/ha) and 8 per cent is low (>23 kg/ha) in available phosphorus.  An area of about 37 per cent is medium (145-337 kg/ha) and 52 per cent is high (>337 kg/ha) in available potassium.  Available sulphur is low (20 ppm) in 7 per cent area of the microwatershed.  An area of about 46 per cent is low (4.5 ppm) and 39 per cent is deficient (1.0 ppm) in available manganese content.  Entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is sufficient (>0.2 ppm) in available copper content.  An area of about 53 per cent is deficient (0.6 ppm) in available zinc content.  The land suitability for 31 major crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 225(26) 540(62) Sapota 116(13) 18(2) Maize 80(9) 648(75) Pomegranate 116(13) 506(58) Bajra 116(13) 622(72) Guava 116(13) 18(2) Groundnut 61(7) 129(15) Jackfruit 116(13) 18(2) Sunflower 187(22) 434(50) Jamun 61(7) 473(54) Cotton 173(20) 592(68) Musambi 187(22) 434(50) Red gram 116(13) 463(53) Lime 187(22) 434(50) Bengalgram 162(19) 603(69) Cashew 133(15) - Chilli 116(13) 128(15) Custard apple 270(31) 496(57) Tomato 116(13) 112(13) Amla 133(15) 632(73) Brinjal 97(11) 610(70) Tamarind 61(7) 474(54) Onion 97(11) 36(4) Marigold 116(13) 649(75) Bhendi 97(11) 573(66) Chrysanthemum 116(13) 649(75) Drumstick 133(15) 488(56) Jasmine 116(13) 199(23) Mulberry 133(15) 286(33) Crossandra 116(13) 249(29) Mango 61(7) 75(9)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 5 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FEATURES OF THE SURVEY  The results indicated that 35 farmers were sampled in Naregallu-1 micro watershed among them 11 (31.43%) were marginal farmers, 9 (25.71 %) were small and semi medium farmers, 4 (11.43 %) were medium farmers and 2 (5.71 %) large farmers.  The data indicated that there were 181 population households were there in the studied micro watershed. Among them 111 (61.33 %) men and 70 (38.67 %) were women. The average family size of marginal, small farmers and semi medium farmers were 5, medium farmer was 6 and large farmer was 7.  The data indicated that 23 (12.71%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 88 (48.62 %) were in 16-35 years of age, 50 (27.62 %) were in 36-60 years of age and 20 (11.05 %) were above 61 years of age. The results indicated that, 97.14 per cent of household's heads were practicing agriculture and 2.86 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labour.  The results indicated that the Naregallu-1had 28.18 per cent illiterates, 29.83 per cent of them had primary school education, 1.10 per cent of them had middle school, 25.41 per cent them had high school education, 6.08 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.55 per cent them had diploma education, 7.73 per cent of them had degree education and 1.10 per cent of the household members had other education.  The results indicated that agriculture was the occupation for 23.76 per cent of the household members, 59.67 per cent were agricultural labourers, 14.36 per them were students and 1.10 per cent of them were children and housewives respectively. In case of marginal farmers 26 per cent were agriculturist, 60 percent was in agricultural labour and 12 per cent of them were students. In case of small farmers 22 per cent of them were agriculturist, 60 per cent of them were agricultural labour and 16 per cent of them were students. In case of semi medium farmers 23.81 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 54.76 per cent of them were agricultural labour and 19.05 per cent of them were students. In case of medium farmers 25 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 62.50 per cent of them were in agricultural labour and 12.50 per cent of them were students. In case of large farmers 20 per cent of the family members were agriculturist, 66.67 per cent of them were in agricultural labour and 6.67 per cent of them were students.  The results showed that 100 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions.  The results indicated that 97.14 per cent of the households possess Katcha house and 2.86 per cent of the households possess Pucca house.  The results showed that, 91.43 per cent of the households possess TV, 5.71 per cent of the households possess DVD player, 74.29 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 11.43 per cent of the households possess refrigerator, 11.43 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 85.71 per cent of the households possess motor 2 cycle, 2.86 per cent of the households possess Car, 2.86 per cent of the households possess landline phone, 85.71 per cent of the households possess mobile phones and 2.86 per cent of the households possess computer/laptop.  The results showed that the average value, television was Rs.23281, DVD/VCD Player was Rs. 1600, mixer grinder was Rs.1903, refrigerator was Rs.11000, bicycle was Rs.1050, motor cycle was Rs.32882, Car was Rs. 300000, landline phone was Rs. 500, mobile phone was Rs.1507 and computer/laptop was Rs. 12500.  The results showed that, about 8.57 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 22.86 per cent of them possess plough, 2.86 per cent of the households equally possess seed/fertilizer drill, power tiller, tractor, thresher, groundnut decorticator, chaff cutter and earth remover/duster, 11.43 per cent of the households possess irrigation pump, 14.29 per cent of the households possess sprayer, 5.71 per cent of the households possess sprinkler, 51.43 per cent of the households possess weeder and 20 per cent of the households possess harvester.  The results showed that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.26666; the average value of plough was Rs. 2200, the average value of seed/fertilizer drill was Rs.3500, the average value of irrigation pump was Rs. 273250, the average value of power tiller was Rs. 150000, the average value of tractor was Rs. 300000, the average value of sprayer was Rs. 2600, the average value of sprinkler was Rs. 3000, the average value of weeder was Rs. 42, the average value of harvester was Rs. 74, the average value of thresher was Rs. 25, the average value of groundnut decorticator was Rs. 18000, the average value of chaff cutter was Rs. 2100 and the average value of Earth remover/Duster was Rs. 20000.  The results indicated that, 14.29 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 8.57 per cent of the households possess local cow, 14.29 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow and 5.71 per cent of the households possess buffalo.  In case of marginal farmers, 9.09 per cent of the households possess both bullock and local cow respectively and 18.18 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow. In case of small farmers, 22.22 per cent of households possess equally bullock and buffalo and 11.11 per cent possess local cow. In case of semi medium farmers, 11.11per cent of the households possess bullock and 22.22 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow. In medium farmers, 25 per cent of the households possess local cow. 50 per cent of the large farmers possess bullock and crossbred cow respectively.  The data regarding the average labour availability in Naregallu-1 micro watershed is presented in Table 14. The results indicated that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 1.91, average own labour (women) available was 1.18, average hired labour (men) available was 17.86 and average hired labour (women) available was 19.37. 3  In case of marginal farmers, average own labour men available was 2.09, average own labour (women) was also 1.18, average hired labour (men) was 9.18 and average hired labour (women) available was 11.18. In case of small farmers, average own labour men available was 2.22, average own labour (women) was 1.22, average hired labour (men) was 15.22 and average hired labour (women) available was 15.89. In case of semi medium farmers, average own labour men available was 1.44, average own labour (women) was 1.11, average hired labour (men) was 22.22 and average hired labour (women) available was also 22.22. In medium farmers average own labour men available was 1.75, average own labour (women) was 1.50, average hired labour (men) was 29.25 and average hired labour (women) available was 33. In large farmers average own labour men available was 2, average own labour (women) was 0, average hired labour (men) was 35 and average hired labour (women) available was 40.  The results indicated that, 5.71 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate and 94.29 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was inadequate.  The results indicated that, households of the Naregallu-1 micro watershed possess 1.80 ha (3.75 %) of dry land and 46.27 ha (96.25 %) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 1.80 ha (36.95 %) of dry land and 3.08 ha (63.05%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 7.17 ha (100 %) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 12.87 ha (100 %) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 10.07 ha (100%) of irrigated land and large farmers possess 13.07 ha (100%) of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 443049.32 and average value of irrigated was Rs. 490456.62. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 443049.32 for dry land and Rs. 1655321.93 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 1004178.43 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 473656.08 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 297709.93 for irrigated land. In large farmers the average land value was Rs. 99411.77 for irrigated land.  The results indicated that, there were 23 functioning and 3 de-functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicated that, bore well was the major irrigation source for 65.71 per cent of the farmers and 5.71 per cent of the farmers were using canal for irrigation.  The results indicated that on an average the depth of the bore well was 68.88 meters.  The results indicated that, in case of marginal farmers there was 3.08 ha of irrigated land, in case of small farmers there was 7.17 ha of irrigated land, semi medium farmers were having 12.88 ha of irrigated land, medium farmers were having 10.06 4 ha of irrigated land and large farmers having 13.08 ha irrigated land. On an average there were 46.26 ha of irrigated land.  The results indicated that, farmers have grown coriander (0.40 ha), cotton (1.21 ha), cowpea (0.88 ha), groundnut (0.50ha), Sorghum (1.24 ha), maize (38.21 ha), paddy (0.81 ha), bajra (0.81 ha), red gram (1.62ha) and sunflower (2.98 ha) in kharif season. Also grown 2.27 ha of cowpea and 3.33 ha sunflower in Rabi season. Marginal farmers have grown coriander, groundnut, Maize, Bajra, cowpea and sunflower. Small farmers have grown cowpea and maize. Semi medium farmers have grown sorghum, maize, paddy, cowpea and sunflower. Medium farmers have grown cotton, maize and red gram. Large farmers have grown only maize.  The results indicated that, the cropping intensity in Naregallu-1 micro watershed was found to be 85.70 per cent. In case of marginal farmers it was 100 per cent, in small farmers it was 88.19, in semi medium farmers it was 87.80, in medium farmers it was 64.04 per cent and in large farmers it was 100 per cent.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 36122.49. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 46683. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. 10560.51, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.29.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 41582.91. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 62427.57. The net income from maize cultivation was Rs. 20844.65. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.5.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 42196.36. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 42237.00. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 40.64. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.0.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Cowpea was Rs. 33136.50. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 22466.85. The net income from Cowpea cultivation was Rs. -10669.65. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.68.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 54187.89. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 96239.63. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 42051.74. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.78.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sunflower was Rs. 32861.40. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 51830.19. The net income from Sunflower cultivation was Rs. 18968.79. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.58.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Sorghum was Rs. 20210.43. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 31377.85. The net income from Sorghum cultivation was Rs. 11167.42. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.55. 5  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 60504.72. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 23053.33. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. -37451.39. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.38.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for coriander was Rs. 71385.06. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 111150. The net income from coriander cultivation was Rs. 39764.94. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.56.  The results indicated that, the total cost of cultivation for Red gram was Rs. 24308.69. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 46312.50. The net income from Red gram cultivation was Rs. 22003.81. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.91.  The results indicated that, 83 tons of dry fodder was available for 44 days and 46 tons of green fodder was available for 26 days in studied micro watershed.  The results indicated that, 2.86 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 22.86 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was inadequate. Similarly 22.86 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate and 2.86 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was inadequate.  The table indicated that the average income from service/salary was Rs. 72,685.71, business Rs. 2,857.14, wage Rs. 285.71, agriculture Rs. 102,091.43, non farm income Rs. 428.57 and dairy farm Rs.857.14.  The results indicated that the average expenditure from service/salary was Rs. 2,428.57, business Rs. 1,714.29, agriculture Rs. 33,114.29 and dairy farm Rs. 171.43. On an average the expenditure was Rs. 11,005.24.  The results indicated that, sampled households have grown 13 coconut trees in their field.  The results indicated that, households have planted 25 Neem trees, 8 tamarind tress, 2 banyan trees and 2 peeple trees in their field and also grown 2 Neem trees in the backyard.  The results indicated that, bajra, coriander, cotton, cowpea, sorghum, paddy, Red gram and sunflower crops were sold to the extent of 100 per cent and maize was sold to the extent of 56.32 per cent.  The results indicated that, 5.71 percent of the households have sold their produce to local/village merchant, 85.71 percent of the households have sold their produce to regulated market, 34.29 percent of the households have sold their produce to cooperative marketing society and 5.71 percent of the households sold their produce in contract marketing arrangement. 6  The results indicated that, 2.86 per cent of them have used cart, 128.57 per cent of the households used tractor and 2.86 per cent have used truck as a mode of transport.  The results indicated that, 65.71 percent used fire wood as a source of fuel and 34.29 percent of the households used LPG as a source of fuel.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the source of drinking water for 11.43 per cent of the households and 88.57 per cent of them were using bore well for drinking water.  The results indicated that, electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 37.14 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 27.27 per cent of marginal, 55.56 per cent of small, 22.22 per cent of semi medium, 25 per cent of medium and 100 per cent of large farmers had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 25.71 per cent of the sampled household's possessed APL card, 60 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card and 14.29 per cent of the sampled households have not possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, 57.14 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 36.36 percent of the marginal, 100 per cent of the small, 55.56 per cent of the semi medium, 25 percent of the medium farmers and 50 per cent of the large farmers.  The results indicated that, cereals, pulses and milk were adequate for 100 per cent, 11.43 per cent and 22.86 respectively. Oilseed, vegetables and fruits were adequate for 2.86 per cent of the households correspondingly.  The results indicated that, pulses, oilseed, vegetables, fruits, milk and egg were inadequate for 88.57 per cent, 11.43 per cent, 8.57 per cent, 11.43 per cent, 57.14 per cent and 54.29 per cent of the household.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 8.57 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (31.43%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (65.71%), inadequacy of irrigation water (8.57%), high cost of Fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (51.43%), high rate of interest on credit (2.86%), low price for the agricultural commodities (5.71%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (20%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (25.71%), less rain fall (100%) and source of agri. Technology information (Newspaper/TV/Mobile) (85.71%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Gunnahalli microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 585 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south–west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of 80 per cent is covered by soils, 16 per cent by rock outcrops and 4 per cent is by habitation and settlements. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below.  The soils belong to 16 soil series and 24 soil phases (management units) and 8 Land Management Units.  The length of crop growing period is 150 cm).  About 2 per cent area in the microwatershed has sandy soils, 22 per cent area in the microwatershed has loamy soils and 56 per cent clayey soils at the surface.  About 61 per cent area has non-gravelly (200 mm/m) in available water capacity.  About 7 per cent area of the microwatershed has nearly level (0-1% slope) lands and 73 per cent area of the microwatershed has very gently sloping (1-3% slope) lands.  An area of about 49 per cent area is moderately (e2) eroded and about 31 per cent area is slightly (e1) eroded.  An area of about 70 per cent soil are slightly alkaline to strongly alkaline (pH 7.3- 9.0) and 10 per cent soil are very strongly alkaline (pH >9.0) in soil reaction.  The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the soils in the entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is dominantly 337 kg/ha) in available potassium.  Available sulphur is low (20 ppm) in 11 per cent area of the microwatershed.  An area of about 75 per cent is low (4.5 ppm) and 77 per cent is deficient (1.0 ppm) in available manganese content.  Entire cultivated area of the microwatershed is sufficient (>0.2 ppm) in available copper content.  An area of about 75 per cent is deficient (0.6 ppm) in available zinc content.  The land suitability for 31 major crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (S1) and moderately suitable (S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 49(8) 223(38) Sapota 1(<1) 37(6) Maize - 271(47) Pomegranate 1(<1) 176(30) Bajra 31(5) 225(39) Guava - 38(6) Groundnut 3(1) 45(8) Jackfruit 1(<1) 37(6) Sunflower 24(4) 146(25) Jamun 31(5) 98(17) Cotton 24(4) 248(42) Musambi 24(4) 153(26) Red gram 1(<1) 121(21) Lime 24(4) 153(26) Bengalgram 23(4) 249(43) Cashew - 70(12) Chilli 28(5) 26(5) Custard apple 54(9) 258(44) Tomato 28(5) 13(2) Amla 31(5) 281(48) Brinjal 30(5) 319(54) Tamarind - 92(16) Onion 3(1) 114(19) Marigold - 272(47) Bhendi 3(1) 345(59) Chrysanthemum - 273(47) Drumstick 1(<1) 169(29) Jasmine - 134(23) Mulberry 1(<1) 181(31) Crossandra - 112(19) Mango - 12(2)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 8 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserves soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested for these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE SURVEY  The data indicated that there were 94 (53.71%) men and 81 (46.29%) were women among the sampled households. The average family size of marginal farmers' was 5, small farmers' was 6, semi medium farmers' was 5.73 and medium farmers' was 6. The data indicated that, 32 (18.29%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 82 (46.86%) were in 16-35 years of age, 46 (26.29%) were in 36-60 years of age and 15 (8.57 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that the Gunnahalli had 28.57 per cent illiterates, 1.14 per cent functional literates, 28 per cent of them had primary school education, 7.43 per cent of them had middle school education, 14.86 per cent of them had high school education, 8.57 per cent of them had PUC education, 1.14 per cent of them did ITI, 5.14 per cent of them had degree education and 1 person was doing Masters.  The results indicate that, 93.55 per cent of households practicing agriculture and 3.23 per cent of the household heads were involved in other occupation.  Agriculture was the major occupation for 54.29 per cent of the household members, 20.57 per cent were agricultural labourers, 0.57 per cent had household industry, 17.14 per cent of them were student, 1.71 per cent of them were housewife and 1.71 per cent of them were in private services.  The results show that 3.43 per cent of the households participated in user groups and 96.57 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions. About 2.50 per cent of marginal farmers, 6.67 per cent of small farmers, and 7.14 per cent of medium farmers have participated in user group.  The results indicate that 19.35 per cent of the households possess thatched house, 22.58 per cent of the households possess Katcha house, 16.13 per cent of them possess pucca house and 45.16 per cent of them possess semi pucca house.  The results shows that 93.55 per cent of the households possess TV, 83.87 per cent of the households possess mixer grinder, 12.90 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 54.84 per cent of the households possess motor cycle, 3.23 per cent of the households possess tempo, 3.23 per cent of the households possess auto, 6.45 per cent of the households possess landline, and 77.42 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The average value of television was Rs.5896, mixer grinder was Rs.2981, motor cycle was Rs.45000, mobile phone was Rs.2430, Auto was Rs.80000, tempo was Rs.200000 and bicycle was Rs.8800.  About 16.13 per cent of the households possess plough and bullock cart, 12.90 per cent of them possess tractor, 35.48 per cent of them posses sprayer, 6.45 per cent of them possess sprinkler and 64.52 per cent of them possess weeder.  The average value of plough was Rs.1541, the average value of sprinkler was Rs.2666 the average value of tractor was Rs. 6,05,000 and the average value of 2 sprayer was Rs.4454, the average value of bullock cart Rs.21600, and the average value of weeder Rs.84.  The results indicate that, 29.03 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 32.26 per cent of the households possess local cow, 16.13 per cent of the households possess crossbred cow, 12.90 per cent of the households possess local cow and buffalo, 6.45 per cent of the households possess poultry birds.  The results indicate that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 1.96, average own labour (women) available was 1.79, average hired labour (men) available was 16.88 and average hired labour (women) available was 10.21.  About 67.74 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate and 9.68 per cent of the households opined that hired labour was inadequate. About 62.50 per cent of the marginal farmers, 80 per cent of small, 63.64 per cent of semi medium and 71.43 per cent of medium farmers have opined that hired labour was adequate.  The results indicate that, only 1 (2.38%) person migrated among the samples households in the micro watershed that belonged to medium farm household and he has migrated on average of 500 Kms and the average duration was 6 months.  Job/work was the reason for migration and construction of house was the major positive consequence of migration.  The results indicate that, households of the Gunnahalli micro watershed possess 22.64 ha (45.89%) of dry land and 26.70 ha (54.11%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 2.19 ha (64.37%) of dry land and 1.21 ha (35.63%) of irrigated land. Small farmers possess 3.84 ha (70.37%) of dry land and 1.62 ha (29.63%) of irrigated land. Semi medium possess 7.49 ha (42%) of dry land and 10.34 ha (58%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 9.11 ha (40.26%) of irrigated land and large farmers possess 13.53 ha (59.74%) of irrigated.  The results indicate that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 339,989.27 and average value of irrigated was Rs.509,201. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 1,321,586 for dry land and Rs. 1,729,000. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 364,000 for dry land and Rs. 864,500. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 267,027 for dry land and Rs. 473,698 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 153,552 for dry land and Rs. 384,320 for irrigated land.  The results indicate that, there were 17 functioning and 2 de-functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  There was only 1 functioning open well in the micro watershed.  Bore well was the major irrigation source in the micro water shed for 54.84 per cent of the farmers, open well were the source of irrigation for 6.45 per cent of the farmers and tank was the source of irrigation for 3.23 per cent of the farmers. 3  The depth of bore well was found to be 64.09 meters and the depth of open well was found to be 1.97 meters.  The results indicate that, marginal farmers had irrigated area of 1.21 hectares, small farmers had 1.62 hectares, semi medium farmers had 10.81 hectares and medium farmers had 12.15 hectares.  Farmers have grown Bajra (3.64 ha), Beetle leaf (0.08 ha), Bengal gram (0.81 ha), Cotton (2.43 ha), Groundnut (4.45 ha), Jowar (0.1 ha), Maize (27.13 ha), Pearl millet (4.23 ha), Red gram (1.21 ha) and Sunflower (1.21 ha).  Marginal farmers have grown groundnut, maize, pearlmillet. Small farmers have grown groundnut, maize, redgram. Semi medium farmers have grown bajra, beetle leaf, cotton, groundnut, maize, pearl millet and Bengal gram. Medium farmers have grown bajra, Bengal gram, cotton, maize, pearl millet, red gram and sunflower.  The cropping intensity in Gunnahalli micro watershed was found to be 67.54 per cent. In case of marginal farmers it was 94.06 per cent, for small farmers it was 84.38 per cent, in case of semi medium farmers it was 72.42 per cent, and medium farmers had cropping intensity of 58.27 per cent.  The results indicate that, 22.58 per cent of the households possess bank account. Around 12.50 per cent of marginal, 20 per cent of small, and 28.57 per cent of medium farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  Around 25 per cent have availed loan from friends and relatives and 83.33 per cent have availed loan from grameena bank.  The results indicate that, marginal, small, and medium farmers have on an average availed Rs.80000, Rs.30000, and Rs.175000 respectively.  The main purpose of borrowing credit from both institutional and non-institutional sources was agricultural production for all households.  The results indicated that 100 per cent of the households did not repay their loan.  The results indicate that, the total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 38694. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 49993.59. The net income from Maize cultivation was Rs. 11299.59, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.29.  The total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 50404.90. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 82607.78. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 32202.88. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.64.  The total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 24133.01. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 32595.49. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. 8462.47. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.35.  The total cost of cultivation for red gram was Rs. 44855.94. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 30257.50. The net income from red gram cultivation was Rs. -14598.44. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.67. 4  The total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 58095.33. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 121039.88. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 62944.55, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.08.  The total cost of cultivation for beetroot was Rs. 118697.14. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 111150. The net income from beetroot cultivation was Rs. -7547.14. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.94.  The total cost of cultivation for bengal gram was Rs. 36736.36. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 20840.63. The net income from bengal gram cultivation was Rs. -15895.73. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.57.  The total cost of cultivation for sunflower was Rs. 33033.13. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 14820. The net income from sunflower cultivation was Rs. -18213.13. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.45.  The results indicated that, dry fodder available in the micro watershed was 120 tons and it was available for 51 days. Green fodder available was 82 tons and it was available for 24 days. 51.61 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 45.16 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate. Only 12.90 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was inadequate.  The results indicate that the average annual gross income was Rs. 36825 for marginal farmers, for small farmers it was Rs.70600, for semi medium farmers it was Rs. 106370 and for medium farmers it was Rs.106885.  The average annual expenditure in the micro watershed is Rs. 9320.74. For marginal farmers it was Rs 3312.50, for small farmers it was Rs. 16760, for semi medium farmers it was Rs. 10363.64 and for medium farmers it was Rs. 9234.  The results indicate that, sampled households have grown 54 coconut, and 4 mango trees in their field. Farmers have also grown 2 coconut trees in their backyard.  Households have planted 115 neem trees, 11 tamarind trees, 3 pongamia trees and 9 banyan trees.  The results indicate that, 16.13 per cent of the households are interested in growing horticultural crops which include 37.50 per cent of marginal, 9.09 semi medium, and 14.29 medium farmers.  The results indicate that, households have an average investment capacity of Rs. 1580.65 for land development, Rs. 290.32 for irrigation facility, Rs.1064.52 for improved crop production and Rs. 467.74 for improved livestock management.  Loan from bank is the major source of investment for 12.9 per cent of households and own funds were the source of investment for 9.68 per cent for land development. For irrigation facility 6.45 per cent of the households depend on loan from bank. For improved crop production 12.9 per cent of the households depend on bank loan, 6.45 per cent depend on own funds, 3.23 per cent depend on soft loans and for improved livestock management 12.9 per cent of the households depend on bank loan. 5  The results indicated that, bajra, beetroot, Bengal gram, cotton, groundnut, maize, redgram and sunflower were sold to the extent of 100 per cent. Sorghum was sold to the extent of 85.71 per cent.  About 70.97 per cent of the households sold their produce to agents/traders, about 25.81 per cent of the households have sold agricultural produce to the local/village merchants, another 22.58 per cent have sold their produce in cooperative marketing society, 12.90 per cent have sold in regulated markets.  Around 9.68 per cent of the households have carried head loads, 25.81 per cent have used cart, 70.97 per cent have used tractor and 25.81 per cent of the farmers have used truck as a mode of transport.  The results indicated that, 22.58 per cent of the households have experienced the soil and water erosion problems and were interested in soil testing i.e. 37.50 per cent of marginal farmers and 20 per cent of small, 9.09 per cent of semi medium, and 28.57 per cent of medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 16.13 per cent of the households have adopted field bunding, 3.23 per cent of the households have adopted farm pond, 3.23 per cent have adopted bore well recharge pit and 16.13 per cent of the households are following summer ploughing.  The results indicated that 22.58 per cent of soil conservation structure is constructed by farmers on their own, and 16.13 per cent of the soil conservation structures are constructed by the government.  The results indicated that, piped supply was the major source of drinking water for 48.39 per cent of the households, bore well for 22.58 per cent, open well for 3.23 per cent, lake/tank for 9.68 per cent and canal was the source of drinking water for 19.35 per cent of the households.  Around 77.42 percent of the households used fire wood as a source of fuel, 3.23 per cent used kerosene, 3.23 per cent used biogas and another 16.13 percent of the households used LPG.  Electricity was the major source of light for 97.77 per cent of the households in micro watershed and for 3.23 per cent kerosene lamp was the major source of light. 25.81 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 100 per cent of landless, 11.11 per cent of marginal, 11.11 per cent of small, 25 per cent of semi medium, 50 per cent of medium farmers and 100 per cent of large farmers had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 90.32 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card, 3.23 per cent of the households possessed APL and 6.45 per cent did not possess PDS card.  Around 58.06 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme which included 50 percent of the marginal, 60 per cent of the small, 72.73 per cent of the semi medium and 42.86 percent of the medium farmers. 6  The results indicated that, cereals were adequate for 100 per cent of the households, pulses were adequate for 58.06 per cent, oilseeds were adequate for 48.39 per cent, vegetables were adequate for 80.65 per cent, fruits were adequate for 19.35 per cent, milk was adequate for 83.87 per cent, egg were adequate for 58.06 per cent and meat was adequate for 51.61 per cent of the households.  Oilseeds were market surplus for 29.03 per cent of the households, vegetables were market surplus for 9.68 per cent, and fruits were market surplus for 3.23 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 16.13 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (48.39%), inadequacy of irrigation water (6.45%), high cost of fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (35.48%), high rate of interest on credit (58.06%), low price for the agricultural commodities (3.23%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (38.71%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (12.90%), less rainfall (96.77%) and source of Agri–technology information (News paper/TV/Mobile) (29.03%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Irakallaguda microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the Microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 654 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south –west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 87 per cent is covered by soil, 8 per cent by rock out crops, 150cm) soils.  About 2 per cent is sandy (loamy sand) at the surface, 37 per cent loamy (sandy loam and sandy clay loam) and 48 per cent has clayey (sandy clay and clay) soils at the surface.  About 32 per cent of the area has non-gravelly (200mm/m) in available water capacity.  An area of about 4 per cent has nearly level (0-1%) lands, 83 per cent has very gently sloping (1-3%) and 0.75%) in 85 per cent area of the soils.  Available phosphorus is medium (23-57 kg/ha) in 8 per cent and high (>57 kg/ha) in 78 per cent of the soils.  Available potassium is low (337 kg/ha) in 19 per cent of the soils.  Available sulphur is low (4.5 ppm) in 53 per cent of the area.  Available zinc is deficient (0.6 ppm) in 58 per cent of the microwatershed.  Available manganese and copper are sufficient in the entire area.  The land suitability for 28 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (class S1) and moderately suitable (class S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price, and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 77 (12) 210 (32) Pomegranate 46(7) 227(35) Maize 52 (8) 255 (39) Guava 46(7) 177(27) Bajra 143(22) 247(38) Jackfruit 46(7) 177 (27) Redgram 46(7) 147 (22) Jamun - 243(37) Bengal gram 28(4) 244(37) Musambi 71 (11) 202(31) Groundnut 46(7) 383 (59) Lime 71(11) 202 (31) Sunflower 71 (11) 147 (23) Cashew 49(7) 191(29) Cotton 25(4) 263 (40) Custard apple 190(29) 292(45) Chilli 125(19) 112(17) Amla 165(25) 317 (49) Tomato 128(20) 109(17) Tamarind - 111(17) Drumstick 86(13) 223 (34) Marigold 46(7) 240(37) Mulbery 86(13) 299(46) Chrysanthemum 46(7) 240(37) Mango - 86(13) Jasmine 46(7) 191(29) Sapota 46 (7) 177(27) Crossandra 46(7) 216(33) Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 9 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested to these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation and drainage line treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE SURVEY  The data indicated that there were 113 (54.59%) men and 94 (45.4%) were women among the sampled households. The average family size of marginal farmers was 4.19, small farmer were 5, a semi medium farmer was 4.33, medium farmers were 4 and for large farmers it was 4.22.  There were 32 (15.24%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 83 (39.52%) were in 16- 35 years of age, 35.24 (35.24 %) were in 36-60 years of age and 21 (10%) were above 61 years of age.  The Irakallaguda had 18.10 per cent illiterates, 4.76 per cent functional literates, 18.1 per cent of them had primary school education, 8.10 per cent of them had middle school education, 27.62 per cent of them had high school education, 10 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.95 per cent of them had diploma, 0.95 per cent of them had ITI, 5.24 per cent of them had degree education and 6.19 per cent of them had masters education.  The results indicate that, 87.86 per cent of households practicing agriculture and 10.20 per cent of the household heads were agricultural labourers.  The results indicate that agriculture was the major occupation for 64.76 per cent of the household members, 9.05 per cent were agricultural labourers, 0.95 per cent were general labours, 3.81 per cent of them were in private sector and 13.8 per cent of them were students.  The results shows that 2.86 per cent of them participated in self help groups, 0.95 per cent of them participated in user groups and 96.19 per cent of them have not participated in any local institutions. About 4.5 per cent of landless farmers have participated in self help groups and 95.24 per cent have not participated in any local institutions. Marginal farmers participated in self help group (12.50%) and user groups (12.5%).  The results indicate that 16.33 per cent of the households possess thatched house, 79.59 per cent of the households possess Katcha house and 4.08 per cent of them possess pucca house.  The results shows that 6.12 per cent of the households possess radio, 77.55 per cent of the households possess TV, 67.35 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 32.65 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 36.73 per cent of the households possess motor cycle, and 83.37 per cent of the households possess mobile phones. The average value of radio was Rs.366, television was Rs.3828, mixer grinder was Rs.1312, was Rs.837, motor cycle was Rs.37333 and mobile phone was Rs.2139.  About 18 per cent of the households possess plough, 4.08 per cent of them possess tractor and 6.12 per cent of the households possess sprayer. The average value of 2 plough was Rs.759, the average value of tractor was Rs. 475000 and the average value of sprayer was Rs.2666.  The results indicate that, 6.12 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 14.29 per cent of the households possess local cow, 10.20 per cent of the households possess crossbred cows, 10.20 per cent of the households possess buffalo, 10.20 per cent of the households possess sheep and 4.08 per cent of the households possess goat.  Average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 2, average own labour (women) available was 1.78, average hired labour (men) available was 4.44 and average hired labour (women) available was 2.11.  The results indicate that, 34.38 per cent of the household opined that hired labour was adequate and 65.63 per cent of the households opined that hired labour was inadequate.  The results indicate that, 5 (2.38%) persons were migrated from the micro watershed which includes 9.52 persons from landless category and 3 persons from marginal farmers' category.  People have migrated on average of 353.33 kms and average duration was months 11.33. Landless have migrated 260 kms and on an average 12 months in a year. Marginal farmers have migrated 400 kms and on an average 11 months in a year.  Job/work was the reason for migration for all the migrants.  Improved quality of the life was the major Positive consequences of migration for 100 per cent of the persons migrated from landless households, 33.33 per cent of migrated from marginal farm households.  Households of the Irakallaguda micro watershed possess 32.11 ha (60.93%) of dry land and 21.33 ha (39.10%) of irrigated land.  The average value of dry land was Rs. 560644 and average value of irrigated was Rs.697749.  There were 16 live bore wells and 11 dry bore wells among the sampled households in Irakallaguda micro watershed and one defunct open well reported among the sampled households in the micro watershed.  Bore well was the major irrigation source for 4.55 per cent of the marginal farmers, 30 per cent of the small farmers, 100 per cent of the semi medium farmers, 100 per cent of medium farmers. The results revealed that bore well was major irrigation source for 32.65 per cent of the households.  Marginal farmers had irrigated area of 0.88 hectares, small farmers had 2.51 hectares, semi medium farmers had 20.39 hectares of irrigated land and medium farmers had 5.22 hectares of irrigated land.  Farmers have grown arecanut (0.45 ha), chilly (0.4 ha), coconut (0.61ha), cotton (10.34ha), groundnut (17.92 ha), horsegram (0.81 ha) and ragi (5.17ha). Marginal farmers have grown arecanut (0.45 ha), cotton (1.74ha), ground nut (5.32 ha), and 3 ragi (3.76ha). Small farmers have grown cotton (1.88ha), ground nut (3.72ha), and ragi (1.42 ha). Semi medium farmers have grown chilly (0.4 ha), coconut (0.61 ha), cotton (2.31ha), ground nut (7.76 ha), horsegram (0.81 ha) and ragi (0.2ha). Medium farmers have grown cotton (4.41ha). Large farmers have grown groundnut (1.11ha).  The cropping intensity in Irakallaguda micro watershed was found to be 41.54 per cent. In case of marginal farmers it was 41.53 per cent, for small farmers it was 39.31 per cent, in case of semi medium farmers it was 42.42 per cent, medium farmers had cropping intensity of 34.21 per cent and large farmers had 40.49 per cent.  The results indicate that, 95.92 per cent of the households possess bank account and 59.18 per cent of them have savings. With respect to category wise account, 100 per cent of land less, 90.91 per cent of marginal, 100 per cent of small, semi medium, medium and large farmers possesses bank account. With respect to savings, 80 per cent of land less, 63.64 per cent of marginal, 30 per cent of small, 55.56 per cent of semi medium farmers and 100 per cent of large farmers had savings in the bank account.  The results indicate that, 40 per cent of landless, 62.64 per cent of marginal, 50 per cent of small, 66.37 per cent semi medium, 50 per cent of medium farmers and 100 per cent of large farmers have borrowed credit from different sources.  The results indicate that, 79.31 per cent have availed loan in commercial banks, 3.45 per cent have availed loan in cooperative bank, 10.43 per cent have availed loan from friends and relatives, 3.45 per cent have availed loan from moneylender and 24.41 per cent have availed loan from SHGs/CBOs.  Landless, marginal, small, semi medium, medium and large farmers have availed Rs.120000, Rs.137857, Rs. 113000, Rs.196666, Rs. 215000 and Rs.10000 respectively.  The results indicate that, 72.41 per cent of the households have borrowed loan (institutional source) for agriculture and 3.45 per cent of them have borrowed loan for animal husbandry. Half of the land less have borrowed loan for animal husbandry. 78.57 per cent of marginal farmers, 80 per cent of small farmers, 83.33 per cent of semi medium farmers and 100 per cent of the medium farmers availed loan for agriculture production. About 50 per cent of small and landless have availed loan for animal husbandry.  The results indicate that, agriculture was the main propose for which credit (private source) is borrowed for 60 per cent of the households which includes 60 per cent of the marginal farmers, 100 per cent of the small farmers. About 10 per cent of them borrowed credit for Bore well/irrigation related equipments which includes 50 per cent of Semi medium farmers. About 10 per cent of them borrowed credit for Construction-cattle shed which includes 20 per cent of marginal farmers. 4 Landless have borrowed loan for household consumption and 20 per cent of marginal farmers have borrowed for education.  The results indicate that, 70.83 per cent of the households have repaid institutional source credit partially which includes 100 per cent of landless, 66.67 per cent of marginal farmers, 50 per cent of small farmers, 80 per cent of semi medium farmers and 100 per cent of medium farmers. The data also shows that 29.17 per cent of the farmers have not repaid which includes 33.33 per cent of marginal and 50 per cent of small farmers.  Results indicated that 90.91 per cent of the households have paid private source credit partially which includes 100 per cent of landless, 100 per cent of marginal and large farmers, and 50 per cent of small farmer. About 9 per cent of the households have not paid which includes 50 per cent of marginal farmers.  The results indicate that, 54.17 per cent of the households opined that credit helped to perform timely agricultural operations and 4.17 per cent of them opined that credit has higher rate of interest, 29.17 per cent opined that credit was easily accessible and 12.50 per cent.  The results indicate that, 90.91 per cent have opined that credit was easily available, 9.09 opined that credit helped them to perform timely agricultural operations. The results revealed that 100 per cent of landless, 100 per cent of marginal, small and large farmers opined that credit was easily available. About 50 per cent of marginal farmers opined that credit helped them to perform timely agricultural operations.  The results indicate that, the total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 18902. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 11699.64. The net income from ground nut cultivation was Rs. -7203.0, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.62.  The total cost of cultivation for redgram was Rs. 12205. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 18965. The net income from redgram cultivation was Rs. 6760. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.55.  The results indicate that, the total cost of cultivation for ragi was Rs. 13661. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 15882. The net income from ragi cultivation was Rs. 2221, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.16.  The total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 47444. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 20430. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. -27013. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.6.  The results indicate that, 28 tones of dry fodder available among the sampled households and it is available 142 days in a year. About 7 tonnes of green fodder available among the households and it is available for 18 days in a year.  The results indicate that, 18.37 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate which includes 22.73 per cent of marginal, 20 per cent of small, 50 5 per cent of medium and 100 per cent of large farmers. The data revealed that only 6.12 per cent of the households have opined that the green fodder is adequate which includes 4.55 per cent of marginal and 22.22 per cent of semi medium farmers.  Sampled households have grown 496 coconut trees among them marginal farmers have grown 70, small farmers have grown 50 and semi medium farmers have grown 366.  The results indicate that, households have planted teak, 4 Neem trees, 8 tamarind, 81 Pongamia and 1 banyan trees. Marginal farmers have planted 2 Neem, 3 tamarind, 47 Pongamia trees and 1 banyan tree. Small farmers have planted 4 tamarinds. Semi medium farmers have planted 2 Neem, 1 tamarind and 4 Pongamia trees. Medium farmers have planted 30 Pongamia trees.  The results indicated that for land development 8.16 per cent depends on loan from bank, 65.31 per cent depends on own funds and 2.04 per cent depends on soft loan. For irrigation facility, 30.61 per cent expects government subsidy, 8.16 per cent anticipates loan from bank and 6.12 per cent depends on own funds. For improved crop production, 2.04 per cent depends on government subsidy, 14.29 per cent depends on loan from bank and 6.12 per cent through own funds. For iimproved livestock management, 8.16 per cent expects government subsidy and loan from bank and 14.29 per cent depends own funds.  Arecanut, chilly, cotton, groundnut, horsegram and redgram was sold to the extent of 100 per cent. Ragi was sold 60.26 per cent of total production.  The results indicated that, 2.04 per cent of the households have sold agricultural produce to agents/traders includes 4.55 per cent of marginal farmers. About 8 per cent of the households have sold agricultural produce to the local/village merchants includes 4.55 per cent of the marginal farmers, 11.11 per cent of the semi medium farmers and 50 per cent of the medium farmers. About 10 per cent of the households have sold in regulated markets includes 4.55 per cent of marginal farmers, 10 per cent of small farmers, 50 per cent of the semi medium farmers and 100 per cent of the large farmers. About 4.08 per cent of the households have sold the agricultural produce to contract markets, which includes 4.55 per cent of the marginal farmers, 11.11 per cent of the semi medium farmers.  The results indicated that 2.04 per cent of the households have use head load as mode of transport, 12.24 per cent have used cart, 65.31 per cent have used tractor, 4.08 per cent have used truck.  The results indicated that, the results indicated that, 26.53per cent of the households have experienced the soil and water erosion problems i.e. 36.36 per cent of marginal farmers, 30 per cent of small farmers, 11.11 per cent of semi medium farmers, 50 per cent of medium farmers have faced soil and water erosion problem. 6  The results indicated that, 89.90 per cent of the households have shown interest in soil testing i.e. 100 per cent of marginal farmers, 100 per cent of small farmers, 100 per cent of semi medium, 100 per cent of medium farmers and 100 per cent large farmers have shown interest in soil testing.  The results indicated that, 61.22 per cent of the households have adopted field bunding. Summer ploughing was adopted by 89.90 per cent of the households about 8 per cent of the households have adopted mulching. Contour cultivation was adopted by 48.98 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, 7 per cent of the households who adopted field bunding opined that bunds are good, 23.0 per cent opined that bunds are slightly damaged, and 43.0 per cent of the households opined that bunds are severely damaged and 27 per cent opined that the bunds required full replacement.  Piped supply was the major source for drinking water for 95.92 per cent includes 100 per cent of landless, 95.45 per cent of marginal, 100 per cent of small farmers, 88.89 per cent of semi medium and 100 per cent of medium and large farmers.  Electricity was the major source of light for all the households in micro watershed. Kerosene was major source of light for 4.08 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that,91.84 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 100 per cent of landless, 68.18 per cent of marginal, 100 per cent of small, 88.89 per cent of semi medium and 100 per cent of medium and large farmers had sanitary toilet facility.  The results indicated that, 95.92 per cent of the households sampled possessed BPL card.  The results indicated that, Lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 85.71 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (65.31%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (67.35%), inadequacy of irrigation water (67.35%), high cost of Fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (63.27%), high rate of interest on credit (73.47%), low price for the agricultural commodities (81.63%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (81.63%), inadequate extension services (63.27%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (87.76%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project

Not Available ; The land resource inventory of Hasgal-1microwatershed was conducted using village cadastral maps and IRS satellite imagery on 1:7920 scale. The false colour composites of IRS imagery were interpreted for physiography and these physiographic delineations were used as base for mapping soils. The soils were studied in several transects and a soil map was prepared with phases of soil series as mapping units. Random checks were made all over the area outside the transects to confirm and validate the soil map unit boundaries. The soil map shows the geographic distribution and extent, characteristics, classification, behavior and use potentials of the soils in the Microwatershed. The present study covers an area of 508 ha in Koppal taluk and district, Karnataka. The climate is semiarid and categorized as drought - prone with an average annual rainfall of 662 mm, of which about 424 mm is received during south –west monsoon, 161 mm during north-east and the remaining 77 mm during the rest of the year. An area of about 71 per cent is covered by soil, 24 per cent by rock outcrops and 5 per cent by habitation and water body. The salient findings from the land resource inventory are summarized briefly below  The soils belong to 14 soil series and 34 soil phases (management units) and 7 land management units.  The length of crop growing period is 150cm) soils.  About 17 per cent sandy (loamy sand), 44 per cent loamy (sandy loam and sandy clay loam) and 10 per cent has clayey (sandy clay and clay) soils at the surface.  About 29 per cent of the area has non-gravelly (200 mm/m) in available water capacity.  An area of about 2 per cent is nearly level (0-1%), 68 per cent is very gently sloping (1-3%) and 0.75%) in 53 per cent area of the soils.  Available phosphorus is medium (23-57 kg/ha) in the entire area of the microwatershed.  Available potassium is low (337 kg/ha) in 6 per cent area of the soils.  Available sulphur is low (4.5 ppm) in 64 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available zinc is deficient (0.6 ppm) in 5 per cent area of the microwatershed.  Available manganese and copper is sufficient in the entire area of the microwatershed.  The land suitability for 31 major agricultural and horticultural crops grown in the microwatershed was assessed and the areas that are highly suitable (class S1) and moderately suitable (class S2) are given below. It is however to be noted that a given soil may be suitable for various crops but what specific crop to be grown may be decided by the farmer looking to his capacity to invest on various inputs, marketing infrastructure, market price, and finally the demand and supply position. Land suitability for various crops in the microwatershed Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Crop Suitability Area in ha (%) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Highly suitable (S1) Moderately suitable (S2) Sorghum 34(7) 101(20) Sapota 34(7) 77(15) Maize 34(7) 101(20) Pomegranate 34(7) 130(25) Bajra 54(11) 145(28) Musambi 34(7) 130(25) Groundnut 54(11) 155(31) Lime 34(7) 130(25) Sunflower 34(7) 73(14) Amla 54(11) 246(48) Redgram 34(7) 73(14) Cashew - 112(22) Bengal gram 54(11) 87(17) Jackfruit 34(7) 77(15) Cotton - 135(27) Jamun - 164(32) Chilli 34(7) 48(10) Custard apple 54(11) 246(48) Tomato 34(7) 48(10) Tamarind - 87(17) Brinjal 20(4) 215(42) Mulberry 34(7) 232(45) Onion 20(4) 215(42) Marigold 34(7) 101(20) Bhendi 20(4) 215(42) Chrysanthemum 34(7) 101(20) Drumstick 34(7) 140(27) Jasmine 34(7) 48(9) Mango - 34(7) Crossandra 34(7) 48(9) Guava 34(7) 77(15)  Apart from the individual crop suitability, a proposed crop plan has been prepared for the 7 identified LMUs by considering only the highly and moderately suitable lands for different crops and cropping systems with food, fodder, fibre and other horticulture crops.  Maintaining soil-health is vital for crop production and conserve soil and land resource base for maintaining ecological balance and to mitigate climate change. For this, several ameliorative measures have been suggested to these problematic soils like saline/alkali, highly eroded, sandy soils etc.,  Soil and water conservation and drainage line treatment plan has been prepared that would help in identifying the sites to be treated and also the type of structures required.  As part of the greening programme, several tree species have been suggested to be planted in marginal and submarginal lands, field bunds and also in the hillocks, mounds and ridges. That would help in supplementing the farm income, provide fodder and fuel, and generate lot of biomass which in turn would help in maintaining the ecological balance and contribute to mitigating the climate change. SALIENT FINDINGS OF THE SURVEY  The data indicated that there were 125 (53.42%) men and 109 (46.58%) women among the sampled households.  The average family size of landless farmers' was 4.1, marginal farmers' was 4, small farmers' was 5.06, semi medium farmers' was 4.4 and medium farmers' was 6.4.  The data indicated that, 52 (22.22%) people were in 0-15 years of age, 96 (41.03%) were in 16-35 years of age, 67 (28.63%) were in 36-60 years of age and 19 (8.12 %) were above 61 years of age.  The results indicated that Hasgal-2 had 26.92 per cent illiterates, 0.85 per cent functional literates, 34.62 per cent of them had primary school education, 10.68 per cent of them had middle school education, 14.53 per cent of them had high school education, 6.41 per cent of them had PUC education, 0.85 per cent did diploma, 0.43 per cent of them did ITI, 2.14 per cent of them had degree education and 0.43 per cent were in masters.  The results indicate that, 76 per cent of households practicing agriculture, 4 per cent of the households were agricultural labourers, 20 per cent were general labourers, 2 per cent of them were housewives and 2 per cent of them were children.  The results indicate that agriculture was the major occupation for 48.72 per cent of the household members, 8.12 per cent were agricultural laborers, 12.39 per cent were general labour, 2.56 per cent were in private, 23.50 per cent were students, 1.71 per cent were housewives and 2.14 per cent were children.  The results show that 100 per cent of the population in the micro watershed has not participated in any local institutions.  The results indicate that 14 per cent of the households possess thatched house, 74 per cent of the households possess Katcha house 4 per cent of them possess pucca house and 8 per cent of them possess semi pucca house.  The results show that 84 per cent of the households possess TV, 56 per cent of the households possess Mixer grinder, 46 per cent of the households possess bicycle, 38 per cent of the households possess motor cycle, 4 per cent of them possess landline and 88 per cent of the households possess mobile phones.  The results show that the average value of television was Rs.7571, mixer grinder was Rs.1846, bicycle was Rs. 3347, motor cycle was Rs.37315, landline phone was Rs.3333 and mobile phone was Rs.1653.  About 20 per cent of the households possess bullock cart, 34 per cent of them possess plough, 2 per cent of them possess tractor, 22 per cent of them possess sprayer, 2 per cent of them possess sprinkler, 80 per cent of them possess weeder, 4 per cent of them possess harvester, 2 per cent of them possess thresher, 10 per cent of them possess chaff cutter and 2 per cent of them possess JCB/Hitachi. 2  The results show that the average value of bullock cart was Rs.21200, plough was Rs.1016, the average value of tractor was Rs.300000, the average value of sprayer was Rs.2844, the average value of sprinkler was Rs. 3300, the average value of harvester was Rs.6942, the average value of thresher was Rs.50000, the average value of chaff cutter was Rs.2800, and the average value of weeder was Rs.77.  The results indicate that, 36 per cent of the households possess bullocks, 16 per cent of the households possess local cow, 6 per cent of the households possess buffalo, 4 per cent of them possess sheep, 2 per cent of the households possess goat and 2 per cent of them possess poultry birds.  The results indicate that, average own labour men available in the micro watershed was 8.85, average own labour (women) available was 5.55, average hired labour (men) available was 11.40 and average hired labour (women) available was 10.79.  The results indicate that, 80 per cent of the households opined that the hired labour was adequate.  The results indicate that, households of the Hasgal-2 micro watershed possess 42.85 ha (64.97%) of dry land and 23.11 ha (35.03%) of irrigated land. Marginal farmers possess 4.80 ha (84.35%) of dry land and 0.89 ha (15.65%). Small farmers possess 18.34 ha (91.39%) of dry land and 1.73 ha (8.61%) of irrigated land. Semi medium farmers possess 8.38 ha (37.95%) of dry land and 13.70 ha (62.05%) of irrigated land. Medium farmers possess 11.33 ha (62.53%) of dry land and 6.79 ha (37.47%) of the farmers possess irrigated land.  The results indicate that, the average value of dry land was Rs. 293003 and average value of irrigated land was Rs. 514763. In case of marginal famers, the average land value was Rs. 470674 for dry land and Rs.1347272 for irrigated land. In case of small famers, the average land value was Rs. 414210 for dry land and Rs. 925526 for irrigated land. In case of semi medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 155120 for dry land and Rs. 474298 for irrigated land. In case of medium famers, the average land value was Rs. 123500 for dry land and Rs.382717 for irrigated land.  The results indicate that, there were 14 functioning and 2 de-functioning bore wells in the micro watershed.  The results indicate that, there was 1 functioning open well in the micro watershed.  The results indicate that, bore well was the major irrigation source in the micro water shed for 28 per cent of the farmers, and open well was the source of irrigation for 2 per cent of the farmers.  The results indicate that, the depth of bore well was found to be 24.14 meters and the depth of open well was found to be 1.83 meters. 3  The results indicate that, marginal, small, semi medium and medium farmers had irrigated area of 0.81 ha, 3.72 ha, 13.91 ha and 5.51 ha respectively.  The results indicate that, farmers have grown bajra (11.62 ha), cotton (1.78 ha), groundnut (5.15 ha), horsegram (1.21 ha), maize (21.74 ha), navane (1.70 ha), paddy (2.83 ha), redgram (1.62 ha), sorghum (2.18 ha), tomato (0.89 ha), and watermelon (2.91 ha).  Marginal farmers have grown bajra, maize, watermelon and groundnut. Small farmers have grown bajra, cotton, groundnut, maize, navane, paddy and watermelon. Semi medium farmers have grown bajra, cotton, maize, paddy, sorghum, tomato, watermelon and groundnut. Medium farmers have grown bajra, groundnut, horsegram, paddy, redgram sorghum and maize.  The results indicate that, the cropping intensity in Hasgal-2 micro watershed was found to be 98.20 per cent. In case of marginal and semi medium farmers it was 100 per cent, in case of small farmers it was 101.67 per cent, and medium farmers had cropping intensity of 87.23 per cent.  The results indicate that, 62 per cent of the households have bank account and 40 per cent of the households have savings.  The results indicate that, 44 per cent of the households have availed credit from different sources.  The results indicate that, 31.82 per cent of the households availed loan from commercial bank, 13.64 per cent availed loan from cooperative bank, 22.73 per cent availed loan from grameena bank, 13.64 per cent availed loan from money lenders and 36.36 per cent of the households obtained loan from SHGs/CBOs.  The results indicate that, marginal, small, semi medium and medium farmers have availed Rs.19285, Rs.90714, Rs.104285, and Rs.50000 respectively.  The results indicate that, 100 per cent of the households have borrowed loan from institutional sources for the purpose of agricultural production.  The results indicate that, the main purpose of borrowing credit from private sources was agricultural production which accounted for 63.64 per cent of those who borrowed credit. Another 18.18 per cent of the households borrowed for social functions, 9.09 per cent of the households borrowed for the purpose of construction of house or cattle shed and 9.09 per cent borrowed for household consumption.  The results indicated that 80 per cent of the households did not repay their loan borrowed from institutional sources, 13.33 per cent of the households partially paid and 6.67 per cent of the households fully repaid their loan.  Results indicated that 81.82 per cent of the households partially paid their loan borrowed from private sources, 9.09 per cent of the households did not repay their loan and 9.09 per cent of the households fully paid their loans. 4  The results indicate that, around 46.67 per cent of the households opined that the rate of interest was higher in institutional sources; another 40 per cent opined that the loan amount helped to perform timely agricultural operations.  The results indicate that, around 9.09 per cent of the households opined that credit was easily accessible, 18.18 per cent of the households opined that the credit helped to perform timely agricultural operations and 27.27 per cent opined that the rate of interest was high in non institutional source of credits.  The results indicate that, the total cost of cultivation for sorghum was Rs. 37771.28. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 70523.07. The net income from Sorghum cultivation was Rs. 32751.80, thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.87.  The total cost of cultivation for groundnut was Rs. 46621.42. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 67059.85. The net income from groundnut cultivation was Rs. 20438.43. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.44.  The total cost of cultivation for navane was Rs. 16260.02. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 23523.81. The net income from navane cultivation was Rs. 7263.79. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.45.  The total cost of cultivation for maize was Rs. 32823.70. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 38634.10. The net income from maize cultivation was Rs. 5810.40. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.18.  The total cost of cultivation for bajra was Rs. 22880. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 20415.02. The net income from bajra cultivation was Rs. - 2464.98. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:0.89.  The total cost of cultivation for redgram was Rs. 18070.78. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 46930. The net income from redgram cultivation was Rs. 28859.22. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.6.  The total cost of cultivation for horsegram was Rs. 19107.60. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 29640. The net income from horsegram cultivation was Rs. 10532.40. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.55.  The total cost of cultivation for watermelon was Rs. 53952.66. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 1264061.94. The net income from watermelon cultivation was Rs. 1210109.29. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:23.43.  The total cost of cultivation for cotton was Rs. 29826.92. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 84288.75. The net income from cotton cultivation was Rs. 54461.83. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:2.83.  the total cost of cultivation for paddy was Rs. 41184.13. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 71007.93. The net income from paddy cultivation was Rs. 29823.79. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:1.72. 5  the total cost of cultivation for tomato was Rs. 24868.79. The gross income realized by the farmers was Rs. 158304.54. The net income from tomato cultivation was Rs. 133435.75. Thus the benefit cost ratio was found to be 1:6.37.  The results indicate that, 40 per cent of the households opined that dry fodder was adequate and 34 per cent of the households opined that green fodder was adequate.  The results indicate that the average annual gross income was Rs. 88,100 for landless farmers, for marginal farmers it was Rs. 113,218.75, for small farmers it was Rs. 107,086.67, for semi medium farmers it was Rs. 167,966.67, and for medium farmers it was Rs. 134,600.  The results indicate that the average annual expenditure is Rs. 7,539.89. For landless households it was Rs. 7,100, for marginal farmers it was Rs. 7,000, for small farmers it was Rs. 4,611.85, for semi medium farmers it was Rs. 8,368.06, and for medium farmers it was Rs. 16,080.  The results indicate that, sampled households have grown 19 coconuts and 27 mangoes in their fields. They have also grown 5 coconut and 1 mango tree in their backyard.  The results indicate that, households have planted 23 teak trees, 79 neem trees, 4 tamarind trees, 2 acacia trees and 1 peepul tree in their field.  The results indicate that, the average additional investment capacity with the households for land development was Rs. 1,280, for irrigation facility Rs. 260, for improved crop production Rs. 720 and for improved livestock management Rs. 420.  The results indicate that, loan from bank was the source of additional investment capacity for 16 per cent of the households for land development, 4 per cent for irrigation facility, 12 per cent for improved crop production and 14 per cent for improved livestock management. Soft loan was the source of funds for 2 per cent of the households for improved crop production.  The results indicated that, bajra, cotton, horsegram, maize, navane, paddy, redgram, tomato and watermelon were sold to the extent of 100 per cent. Groundnut was sold to the extent of 77.37 per cent.  The results indicated that, about 30 per cent of the famers have sold their produce in regulated markets, 38 per cent have sold their produce to local/village merchants, 24 per cent of the farmers have sold through agents/traders and 8 per cent of the farmers have sold their produce in cooperative marketing society.  The results indicated that, 84 per cent of the households have used tractor as a mode of transportation for their agricultural produce, 2 per cent have used truck and 12 per cent have used cart as a mode of transportation.  The results indicated that, 20 per cent of the households have experienced soil and water erosion problems in the farm i.e., 12.50 per cent of marginal farmers, 33.33 6 per cent of small farmers, 8.33 per cent of semi medium farmers and 60 per cent of medium farmers have experienced soil and water erosion problems.  The results indicated that, 58 per cent have shown interest in soil test.  The results indicated that, 96 per cent used fire wood and 8 per cent of the households used LPG.  Piped supply was the major source of drinking water for 86 per cent of the households and bore well was the source of drinking water for 12 per cent of the households.  Electricity was the major source of light for 100 per cent of the households in micro watershed.  The results indicated that, 42 per cent of the households possess sanitary toilet i.e. 50 per cent of the landless, 50 per cent of the marginal, 26.67 per cent of the small, 25 per cent of the semi medium and 100 per cent of the medium farmers.  The results indicated that, 96 per cent of the sampled households possessed BPL card, 2 per cent of the sampled households possessed APL card and 2 per cent did not possess PDS card.  The results indicated that, 54 per cent of the households participated in NREGA programme.  The results indicated that, cereals were adequate for 96 per cent of the households, pulses were adequate for 56 per cent, oilseeds were adequate for 16 per cent, vegetables were adequate for 56 per cent, fruits were adequate for 52 per cent, milk was adequate for 90 per cent, eggs were adequate for 84 per cent and meat was adequate for 66 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, cereals were inadequate for 4 per cent, pulses were inadequate for 46 per cent, oilseeds were inadequate for 80 per cent, vegetables were inadequate for 42 per cent, fruits were inadequate for 40 per cent, milk was inadequate for 6 per cent, eggs were inadequate for 6 per cent and meat was inadequate for 24 per cent of the households.  The results indicated that, lower fertility status of the soil was the constraint experienced by 58 per cent of the households, wild animal menace on farm field (72%), frequent incidence of pest and diseases (48%), inadequacy of irrigation water (42%), high cost of fertilizers and plant protection chemicals (50%), high rate of interest on credit (54%), low price for the agricultural commodities (52%), lack of marketing facilities in the area (50%), lack of transport for safe transport of the agricultural produce to the market (56%), less rainfall (20%), inadequate extension services (44%), and source of agri-technology information (newspaper/TV/mobile) (12%). ; Watershed Development Department, Government of Karnataka (World Bank Funded) Sujala –III Project